patch 8.1.2411: function argument copied unnecessarily

Problem: Function argument copied unnecessarily. Solution: Use the argument directly.
Runtime file updates.
2025-12-26 17:08:10 +00:00 · 2019-12-08 17:08:29 +01:00 · 2019-12-08 15:07:48 +01:00 · 2019-12-07 21:40:48 +01:00 · 2019-12-07 21:01:43 +01:00 · 2019-12-07 19:24:34 +01:00
953 changed files with 168678 additions and 137904 deletions
--- a/.cirrus.yml
+++ b/.cirrus.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+env:
+  CIRRUS_CLONE_DEPTH: 3
+  FEATURES: huge
+
+freebsd_12_task:
+  freebsd_instance:
+    image: freebsd-12-1-release-amd64
+  install_script:
+    pkg install -y gettext
+  build_script:
+    - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+    - ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES}
+    - make -j${NPROC}
+    - src/vim --version
+  test_script:
+    # Runtime Indent tests do not work, run only the normal test suite
+    - cd src && make test
--- a/.gitattributes
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+src/testdir/test42.in diff
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ nbproject/*

 # Mac OSX
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
+.DS_Store

 # All platforms
 *.rej
@@ -77,6 +78,7 @@ src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/testdir/opt_test.vim
 runtime/indent/testdir/*.out
+runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
 src/memfile_test
 src/json_test
 src/message_test
--- a/.travis.yml
+++ b/.travis.yml
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ anchors:
      - do_test() { "$@"; }

  coverage: &coverage
-    - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR
+    - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
    - (cd "${SRCDIR}" && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash))

  asan_symbolize: &asan_symbolize
@@ -142,8 +142,12 @@ script:
      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
      cat if_ver.txt
    fi
-  - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
-  - echo -en "travis_fold:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
+  - >
+    do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} &&
+    make -C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../"${SRCDIR}"/vim &&
+    FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
+  - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
+

 # instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),
 # exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
--- a/CONTRIBUTING.md
+++ b/CONTRIBUTING.md
@@ -4,14 +4,23 @@ Patches are welcome in whatever form.
 Discussions about patches happen on the vim-dev maillist.
 If you create a pull request on GitHub it will be
 forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.  You can also send your patch there
-directly.  An attachment with a unified diff format is preferred.
+directly.  In that case an attachment with a unified diff format is preferred.
 Information about the maillist can be found [on the Vim website].

 [on the Vim website]: http://www.vim.org/maillist.php#vim-dev

-Please consider adding a test.  Test coverage isn't very good yet, this needs
-to improve.  Look through recent patches for examples.  The tests are located
-under "src/testdir".
+A pull request has the advantage that it will trigger the Continuous
+Integration tests, you will be warned of problems (you can ignore the coverage
+warning, it's noisy).
+
+Please consider adding a test.  All new functionality should be tested and bug
+fixes should be tested for regressions: the test should fail before the fix and
+pass after the fix.  Look through recent patches for examples and find help
+with ":help testing".  The tests are located under "src/testdir".
+
+Contributions will be distributed with Vim under the Vim license.  Providing a
+change to be included implies that you agree with this and your contribution
+does not cause us trouble with trademarks or patents.  There is no CLA to sign.


 # Reporting issues
@@ -56,6 +65,9 @@ If the maintainer does not respond, contact the vim-dev maillist.

 # Translations

+Translations of this CONTRIBUTING file:
+[Korean](https://github.com/cjw1359/opensource/blob/master/Vim/CONTRIBUTING_ko.md)
+
 Translating messages and runtime files is very much appreciated!  These things
 can be translated:
 *   Messages in Vim, see [src/po/README.txt][1]
--- a/69
+++ b/69
@@ -4,15 +4,18 @@
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
 		.gitignore \
+		.gitattributes \
 		.hgignore \
 		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
+		.cirrus.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
 		src/README.md \
 		src/alloc.h \
 		src/arabic.c \
+		src/arglist.c \
 		src/ascii.h \
 		src/autocmd.c \
 		src/beval.c \
@@ -20,18 +23,27 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/blob.c \
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
+		src/bufwrite.c \
 		src/change.c \
 		src/channel.c \
 		src/charset.c \
+		src/cindent.c \
+		src/cmdexpand.c \
+		src/cmdhist.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
 		src/crypt_zip.c \
 		src/debugger.c \
 		src/dict.c \
 		src/diff.c \
 		src/digraph.c \
+		src/drawline.c \
+		src/drawscreen.c \
 		src/edit.c \
 		src/eval.c \
+		src/evalbuffer.c \
 		src/evalfunc.c \
+		src/evalvars.c \
+		src/evalwindow.c \
 		src/ex_cmdidxs.h \
 		src/ex_cmds.c \
 		src/ex_cmds.h \
@@ -41,6 +53,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/ex_getln.c \
 		src/feature.h \
 		src/fileio.c \
+		src/filepath.c \
 		src/findfile.c \
 		src/fold.c \
 		src/getchar.c \
@@ -50,6 +63,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/gui_beval.c \
 		src/hardcopy.c \
 		src/hashtab.c \
+		src/highlight.c \
 		src/indent.c \
 		src/insexpand.c \
 		src/json.c \
@@ -59,6 +73,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/keymap.h \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
+		src/map.c \
 		src/mark.c \
 		src/mbyte.c \
 		src/memfile.c \
@@ -69,6 +84,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/message_test.c \
 		src/misc1.c \
 		src/misc2.c \
+		src/mouse.c \
 		src/move.c \
 		src/mysign \
 		src/nbdebug.c \
@@ -78,20 +94,28 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/ops.c \
 		src/option.c \
 		src/option.h \
-		src/popupmnu.c \
+		src/optiondefs.h \
+		src/optionstr.c \
+		src/popupmenu.c \
 		src/popupwin.c \
+		src/profiler.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
 		src/regexp.c \
+		src/regexp_bt.c \
 		src/regexp_nfa.c \
 		src/regexp.h \
+		src/register.c \
+		src/scriptfile.c \
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
+		src/session.c \
 		src/sha256.c \
 		src/sign.c \
 		src/sound.c \
 		src/spell.c \
 		src/spell.h \
 		src/spellfile.c \
+		src/spellsuggest.c \
 		src/structs.h \
 		src/syntax.c \
 		src/tag.c \
@@ -99,6 +123,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/terminal.c \
 		src/term.h \
 		src/termlib.c \
+		src/testing.c \
 		src/textprop.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
@@ -107,6 +132,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/viminfo.c \
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
 		src/tee/tee.c \
@@ -158,29 +184,40 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/protodef.h \
 		src/proto/arabic.pro \
+		src/proto/arglist.pro \
 		src/proto/autocmd.pro \
 		src/proto/beval.pro \
 		src/proto/blob.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
+		src/proto/bufwrite.pro \
 		src/proto/change.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
+		src/proto/cindent.pro \
+		src/proto/cmdexpand.pro \
+		src/proto/cmdhist.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt_zip.pro \
 		src/proto/debugger.pro \
 		src/proto/dict.pro \
 		src/proto/diff.pro \
 		src/proto/digraph.pro \
+		src/proto/drawline.pro \
+		src/proto/drawscreen.pro \
 		src/proto/edit.pro \
 		src/proto/eval.pro \
+		src/proto/evalbuffer.pro \
 		src/proto/evalfunc.pro \
+		src/proto/evalvars.pro \
+		src/proto/evalwindow.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds2.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_docmd.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_eval.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_getln.pro \
 		src/proto/fileio.pro \
+		src/proto/filepath.pro \
 		src/proto/findfile.pro \
 		src/proto/fold.pro \
 		src/proto/getchar.pro \
@@ -188,11 +225,13 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/gui_beval.pro \
 		src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
 		src/proto/hashtab.pro \
+		src/proto/highlight.pro \
 		src/proto/indent.pro \
 		src/proto/insexpand.pro \
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
+		src/proto/map.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
 		src/proto/mbyte.pro \
 		src/proto/memfile.pro \
@@ -201,33 +240,42 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/message.pro \
 		src/proto/misc1.pro \
 		src/proto/misc2.pro \
+		src/proto/mouse.pro \
 		src/proto/move.pro \
 		src/proto/netbeans.pro \
 		src/proto/normal.pro \
 		src/proto/ops.pro \
 		src/proto/option.pro \
-		src/proto/popupmnu.pro \
+		src/proto/optionstr.pro \
+		src/proto/popupmenu.pro \
 		src/proto/popupwin.pro \
+		src/proto/profiler.pro \
 		src/proto/quickfix.pro \
 		src/proto/regexp.pro \
+		src/proto/register.pro \
+		src/proto/scriptfile.pro \
 		src/proto/screen.pro \
 		src/proto/search.pro \
+		src/proto/session.pro \
 		src/proto/sha256.pro \
 		src/proto/sign.pro \
 		src/proto/sound.pro \
 		src/proto/spell.pro \
 		src/proto/spellfile.pro \
+		src/proto/spellsuggest.pro \
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
 		src/proto/tag.pro \
 		src/proto/term.pro \
 		src/proto/terminal.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
+		src/proto/testing.pro \
 		src/proto/textprop.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/viminfo.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
 		src/libvterm/.bzrignore \
@@ -237,9 +285,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/README \
 		src/libvterm/tbl2inc_c.pl \
 		src/libvterm/vterm.pc.in \
-		src/libvterm/bin/unterm.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-ctrl.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-dump.c \
 		src/libvterm/doc/URLs \
 		src/libvterm/doc/seqs.txt \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm.h \
@@ -254,7 +299,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/pen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/rect.h \
-		src/libvterm/src/termscreen.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/screen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/state.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/unicode.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/utf8.h \
@@ -354,7 +399,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_xmebwp.h \
 		src/gui_x11.c \
 		src/gui_x11_pm.h \
-		src/hangulin.c \
 		src/if_xcmdsrv.c \
 		src/link.sh \
 		src/installman.sh \
@@ -374,7 +418,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_motif.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_xmdlg.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_x11.pro \
-		src/proto/hangulin.pro \
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
 		src/proto/os_unix.pro \
 		src/proto/pty.pro \
@@ -475,7 +518,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_dos.mak \
 		src/testdir/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/testdir/dos.vim \
-		src/uninstal.c \
+		src/uninstall.c \
 		src/vim.def \
 		src/vim.rc \
 		src/vimio.h \
@@ -490,7 +533,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		nsis/gvim_version.nsh \
 		nsis/README.txt \
 		nsis/lang/*.nsi \
-		uninstal.txt \
+		uninstall.txt \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.cpp \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.h \
 		src/VisVim/DSAddIn.cpp \
@@ -540,10 +583,7 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 		README_amisrc.txt.info \
 		src.info \
 		src/INSTALLami.txt \
-		src/Make_dice.mak \
-		src/Make_manx.mak \
 		src/Make_morph.mak \
-		src/Make_sas.mak \
 		src/os_amiga.c \
 		src/os_amiga.h \
 		src/proto/os_amiga.pro \
@@ -619,6 +659,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/doc/*.txt \
 		runtime/doc/Makefile \
 		runtime/doc/doctags.c \
+		runtime/doc/doctags.vim \
 		runtime/doc/test_urls.vim \
 		runtime/doc/vim.1 \
 		runtime/doc/evim.1 \
@@ -813,7 +854,7 @@ BIN_AMI =	\
 # files for DOS binary (also in extra archive)
 BIN_DOS =	\
 		README_bindos.txt \
-		uninstal.txt \
+		uninstall.txt \

 # files for Win32 OLE binary (also in extra archive)
 BIN_OLE =	\
--- a/23
+++ b/23
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   runtime/doc/*.txt and make nsis/gvim_version.nsh.
 #   For a minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def,
 #   src/gvim.exe.mnf.
-# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, MZscheme, Lua (if
-#   you can make it all work), Cscope and "huge" features.  Exclude workshop
-#   and SNiFF.
+# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, Lua, Cscope and
+#   "huge" features.  Add MZscheme if you can make it work.
+#   Use "make reconfig" after selecting the configure arguments.
 # - With these features: "make proto" (requires cproto and Motif installed;
 #   ignore warnings for missing include files, fix problems for syntax errors).
 # - With these features: "make depend" (works best with gcc).
@@ -106,9 +106,6 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - If you have valgrind, enable it in src/testdir/Makefile and run "make
 #   test".  Enable EXITFREE, disable GUI, scheme and tcl to avoid false alarms.
 #   Check the valgrind output.
-# - If you have the efence library, enable it in "src/Makefile" and run "make
-#   test".  Disable Python and Ruby to avoid trouble with threads (efence is
-#   not threadsafe).
 # - Adjust the date and other info in src/version.h.
 # - Correct included_patches[] in src/version.c.
 # - Check for missing entries in runtime/makemenu.vim (with checkmenu script).
@@ -165,7 +162,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #           xxd/xxd.exe to xxdw32.exe
 #           vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb
 #           install.exe to installw32.exe
-#           uninstal.exe to uninstalw32.exe
+#           uninstall.exe to uninstallw32.exe
 # Win32 GUI version build:
 # - > cd src
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes
@@ -175,7 +172,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
 # - Move gvim.pdb to here.
 # - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
-# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstal.exe.
+# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, Ruby, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
 # - Install the interfaces you want, see src/INSTALLpc.txt
 #   Adjust bigvim.bat to match the version of each interface you want.
@@ -188,7 +185,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   - check the output.
 # - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_ole.exe".
 # - Rename gvim.pdb to "gvim_ole.pdb".
-# - Delete install.exe and uninstal.exe.
+# - Delete install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # Create the archives:
 # - Copy all the "*.exe" files to where this Makefile is.
 # - Copy all the "*.pdb" files to where this Makefile is.
@@ -197,7 +194,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # NSIS self installing exe:
 # - To get NSIS see http://nsis.sourceforge.net
 # - Make sure gvim_ole.exe, vimw32.exe, installw32.exe,
-#   uninstalw32.exe, teew32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned
+#   uninstallw32.exe, teew32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned
 #   above.
 # - copy these files (get them from a binary archive or build them):
 #	gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt
@@ -518,7 +515,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32/gvimext.dll
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt64
@@ -539,7 +536,7 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp teew32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)w32.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp vimw32.pdb dist/vim$(VERSION)w32.pdb

@@ -557,7 +554,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
 	cp README_ole.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	cp src/VisVim/VisVim.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/VisVim.dll
--- a/README.md
+++ b/README.md
@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 ![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)

-[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
+[![Travis Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
 [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+[![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim)
 [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
 [![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp)
 [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim)
 [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim)
+For translations of this README see the end.


 ## What is Vim? ##
@@ -29,7 +31,6 @@ almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
 difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
 DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.

-
 ## Distribution ##

 You can often use your favorite package manager to install Vim.  On Mac and
@@ -141,3 +142,8 @@ Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:


 This is `README.md` for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+
+
+## Translations of this README ##
+
+[Korean](https://github.com/cjw1359/opensource/blob/master/Vim/README_ko.md)
--- a/READMEdir/README_os390.txt
+++ b/READMEdir/README_os390.txt
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Getting the source to z/OS:

 First get the source code in one big tar file and ftp it a binary to z/OS. If
 the tar file is initially compressed with gzip (tar.gz) or bzip2 (tar.bz2)
-uncompress it on your PC, as this tools are (most likely) not available on the
-mainframe.
+uncompress it on your PC, as these tools are (most likely) not available on
+the mainframe.

 To reduce the size of the tar file you might compress it into a zip file. On
 z/OS Unix you might have the command "jar" from java to uncompress a zip. Use:
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ WARNING: This instruction was not tested with Vim 7.4 or later.

 There are two ways for building VIM with X11 support. The first way is simple
 and results in a big executable (~13 Mb), the second needs a few additional
-steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). This examples assume
-you want Motif.
+steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). These examples
+assume you want Motif.

  The easy way:
    $ export CC=cc
--- a/ci/appveyor.bat
+++ b/ci/appveyor.bat
@@ -22,8 +22,10 @@ if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
 )
 .\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver |0put a | wq" ver_ming.txt

+:: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
+sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
+
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
-sed -e "s/\$(LINKARGS2)/\$(LINKARGS2) | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
 nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak clean

--- a/nsis/README.txt
+++ b/nsis/README.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 	gvim.exe (the OLE version),
 	vimrun.exe,
 	install.exe,
-	uninstal.exe,
+	uninstall.exe,
 	tee/tee.exe,
 	xxd/xxd.exe,

--- a/nsis/gvim.nsi
+++ b/nsis/gvim.nsi
@@ -341,13 +341,13 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vim${BIT}.dll
 !endif
 	File /oname=install.exe ${VIMSRC}\installw32.exe
-	File /oname=uninstal.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstalw32.exe
+	File /oname=uninstall.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstallw32.exe
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vimrun.exe
 	File /oname=tee.exe ${VIMSRC}\teew32.exe
 	File /oname=xxd.exe ${VIMSRC}\xxdw32.exe
 	File ..\vimtutor.bat
 	File ..\README.txt
-	File ..\uninstal.txt
+	File ..\uninstall.txt
 	File ${VIMRT}\*.vim
 	File ${VIMRT}\rgb.txt

@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_register)" id_unsection_register

 	# delete the context menu entry and batch files
 	DetailPrint "$(str_msg_unregistering)"
-	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstal.exe -nsis"
+	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstall.exe -nsis"
 	Pop $3

 	# We may have been put to the background when uninstall did something.
--- a/nsis/lang/serbian.nsi
+++ b/nsis/lang/serbian.nsi
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# serbian.nsi: Serbian language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 3098
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Ivan Pešić
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Српски"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Destination Folder (Must end with $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Прикажи ПРОЧИТАЈМЕ када се заврши инсталација"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Типична"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Минимална"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Пуна"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклањање постојећ(е/их) верзиј(е/а)"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања постојећ(у/е) Vim верзииј(у/е) из вашег система."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim ГКИ и фајлови потребни за извршавање"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim ГКИ извршни фајлови и фајлови потребни током извршавања. Ова компонента је неопходна."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim конзолни програм"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Конзолна верзија програма Vim (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креирај .bat фајлове"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира у Windows директоријуму .bat фајлове за Vim варијанте \
+     у циљу коришћења из командне линије."
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креирај иконе за Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира иконе за Vim на различитим местима, како би се олакшао приступ."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "На радној површини"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира иконе за gVim извршне фајлове на радној површини."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "У фасцикли Програми унутар Старт менија"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Додаје Vim у фолдер Програми Старт менија."
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "In the Quick Launch Bar"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Add Vim shortcut in the quick launch bar."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Додај Vim контекстни мени"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Додаје Vim у $\"Отвори помоћу...$\" листу контекстног менија."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "32-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 32-bit applications."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "64-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 64-bit applications."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креирај Подразумевану конфигурацију"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира подразумевани конфиг фајл (_vimrc) ако неки већ не постоји."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака. Ови директоријуми омогућавају проширење програма Vim \
+     убацивањем фајла у директоријум."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Приватне"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака у HOME директоријуму."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Дељене"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака у Vim инсталационом директоријуму, користе их сви \
+     на систему."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "VisVim проширење"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "VisVim проширење за Microsoft Visual Studio интеграцију."
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Подршка за домаћи језик"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Инсталира фајлове за домаћу језичку подршку."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Поништи регистрацију Vim"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Поништава регистрацију програма Vim на систему."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклони Vim извршне фајлове/фајлове потребне у време извршавања"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања све Vim извршне фајлове и оне потребне у време извршавања."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Укони директоријуме додатака"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања директоријуме додатака ако су празни."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Приватне"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања директоријуме додатака из HOME директоријума."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Дељене"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања директоријуме додатака из Vim инсталациониг директоријума."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклони Vim корени директоријум"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања Vim корени директоријум. Он садржи ваше Vim конфигурационе фајлове!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Found $vim_old_ver_count Vim versions on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     This installer can only handle ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} versions \
+#     at most.$\r$\n\
+#     Please remove some versions and start again."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Invalid install path: $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     It should end with $\"vim$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Binary path mismatch!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Expect the binary path to be $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     but system indicates the binary path is $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Vim is still running on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     Please close all instances of Vim before you continue."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Attempting to register Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Attempting to unregister Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Uninstalling the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Fail to uninstall the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller registry key."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller from registry."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Cannot access uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Fail to copy uninstaller to temporary directory."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Fail to run uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Installer will abort."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Инсталација није успела. Више среће идући пут."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Неки фајлови у $0 нису обрисани!$\r$\n\
+     Морате то ручно да обавите."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "WARNING: Cannot remove $\"$vim_install_root$\", it is not empty!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклањање старе верзије..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Регистровање..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Поништавање регистрације..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Изаберите _vimrc подешавања"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Изаберите подешавања за побољшања, тастатуру и миша."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    " Vi / Vim понашање "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "&Компатибилност и побољшања"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vi компатибилно"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim оригинално"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim са неким побољшањима (учитава defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim са свим побољшањима (учитава vimrc_example.vim) (Подразумевано)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    " Мапирања "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "&Ремапира неколико тастера за Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, итд.)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Немој да ремапираш тастере (Подразумевано)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Ремапира неколико тастера"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    " Миш "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "&Понашање левог и десног тастера"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Десни: искачући мени, Леви: визуелни режим (Подразумевано)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Десни: искачући мени, Леви: режим избора (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Десни: проширује избор, Леви: визуелни режим (Unix)"
--- a/nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi
+++ b/nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 #
 # Locale ID    : 2052
 # fileencoding : UTF-8
-# Author       : Guopeng Wen
+# Author       : Guopeng Wen, David Liu

 !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "SimpChinese"

@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
    "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+    "在主目录创建私有插件目录。"

 LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
    "公共插件目录"
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
    "删除 Vim 的所有执行文件及脚本。"

 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove plugin directories"
+    "移除插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+    "移除插件目录（如果目录为空）。"

 LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
    "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories from HOME directory."
+    "从主目录中移除私有插件目录。"

 LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
    "公共插件目录"
@@ -241,37 +241,37 @@ LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
    "设置 _vimrc"
 LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "选择键盘、鼠标和增强选项。"
+    "选择键盘、鼠标和扩展设置。"

 LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
    "Vi / Vim 行为"
 LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+    "兼容性与扩展(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vi compatible"
+    "原始 Vi"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim original"
+    "原始 Vim"
 LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和部分扩展 (加载 defaults.vim)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和所有扩展 (加载 vimrc_example.vim) (缺省)"

 LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
    "键盘映射"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+    "为 Windows 映射按键(&R) (例如:Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F 等)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+    "不映射按键 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remap a few keys"
+    "映射一些按键"

 LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
    "鼠标"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+    "左键和右键行为(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键：可视化模式 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键:选择模式 (Windows)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"
+    "右键： 扩展选择, 左键：可视化模式 (Unix)"
--- a/nsis/lang/turkish.nsi
+++ b/nsis/lang/turkish.nsi
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+# turkish.nsi: Turkish language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Emir SARI
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Turkish"
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+        
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kurulum bittikten sonra README dosyasını aç"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Normal"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Küçük"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Tam"
+    
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eski sürümü kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in eski sürümünü sisteminizden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim grafik arabirimi ve çalışma dosyaları"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim program başlatıcı ve çalışma dosyaları. Bu bileşen zorunludur."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim konsol sürümü"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in konsol sürümü (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    ".bat dosyaları oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim için komut satırında kullanmak üzere .bat dosyaları oluşturur"
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim için kısayollar oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kolay erişim için Vim kısayolları oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Masaüstünde"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "gVim programı için Masaüstünde kısayol oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Başlat Menüsü - Programlar klasöründe"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kısayolunu Başlat Menüsüne ekler."
+    
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ile Aç"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tıklama menüsüne ekler."
+    
+ LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bir konfigürasyon dosyası oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eğer yoksa bir konfigürasyon dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinleri oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bu dizinlere Vim eklentilerini yerleştirerek Vim'e yeni \
+     özellikler kazandırabilirsiniz."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Gizli"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini EV dizininde oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Paylaşılan"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininde oluşturur. Bu eklentilerden \
+     bilgisayarın tüm kullanıcıları yararlanabilir."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "VisVim eklentisi"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Microsoft Visual Studio entegrasyonu için VisVim eklentisi" 
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Ek dil desteği"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Mevcut olan Vim yerelleştirmelerini yükler."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kaydını kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in bu bilgisayardaki kaydını kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim programını ve çalıştırma dosyalarını kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Tüm Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini eğer boş ise kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Gizli"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini EV dizininden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Paylaşılan"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim konfigürasyon dosyalarını içerir!"
+    
+ LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Yükleme başarısız oldu. Yeniden deneyin."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "$0 içindeki bazı dosyalar silinemedi!$\r$\n\
+     Bu dosyaları el ile kaldırmalısınız."
+     
+ LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eski sürüm kaldırılıyor..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kaydediliyor..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kayıt siliniyor..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "_vimrc ayarlarını seçin"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Yüklenecek ek özellikler, klavye ve fare için ayarları seçin."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Vi / Vim davranışı "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Uyumluluk ve ek özellikler"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vi uyumlu"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim orijinal"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ve ek olarak bazı ek özellikler (load defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ve ek olarak tüm ek özellikler (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Klavye İşlevleri "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Windows için bazı düğmeleri yeniden ayarla (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Düğme işlevlerini değiştirme (varsayılan)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bazı düğmeleri yeniden ayarla"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Fare İşlevleri "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Sağ ve sol düğme davranışı"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: açılır menü, Sol: Görsel Kip (varsayılan)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: açılır menü, Sol: seçim kipi (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: seçimi genişlet, Sol: Görsel Kip (Unix)"
--- a/runtime/autoload/haskellcomplete.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/haskellcomplete.vim
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:        Haskell
 " Maintainer:      Daniel Campoverde <alx@sillybytes.net>
 " URL:             https://github.com/alx741/haskellcomplete.vim
-" Last Change:     2018 Aug 26
+" Last Change:     2019 May 14

 " Usage:           setlocal omnifunc=haskellcomplete#Complete

@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ function! haskellcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                    call add(l:matches, extension)
                endif
            endfor
+            let b:completingLangExtension = 0
            return l:matches
        endif

@@ -78,6 +79,7 @@ function! haskellcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                    call add(l:matches, flag)
                endif
            endfor
+            let b:completingOptionsGHC = 0
            return l:matches
        endif

@@ -93,6 +95,7 @@ function! haskellcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                    call add(l:matches, module)
                endif
            endfor
+            let b:completingModule = 0
            return l:matches
        endif

--- a/runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2014 Jun 20
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 27

 " Distinguish between HTML versions.
 " To use with other HTML versions add another "elseif" condition to match
@@ -245,7 +245,8 @@ function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 	" If context contains white space it is attribute.
 	" It can be also value of attribute.
 	" We have to get first word to offer proper completions
-	if context == ''
+	if context =~ '^\s*$'
+		" empty or whitespace line
 		let tag = ''
 	else
 		let tag = split(context)[0]
--- a/runtime/autoload/netrw.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/netrw.vim
--- a/runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Dec 30, 2014
+" Date:		Nov 09, 2016
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	15
+" Version:	16
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v15"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v16"
 if v:version < 700
 echohl WarningMsg
 echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -154,9 +154,13 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
  put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
  put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
  put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localcopycmdopt
  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localmkdiropt
  put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localmovecmdopt
  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir        = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localrmdiropt
  put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
  put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
  put = 'let g:netrw_mousemaps         = '.g:netrw_mousemaps
--- a/runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim
@@ -18,61 +18,5 @@
 "               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
 "               of this software.
 function! netrw_gitignore#Hide(...)
-  let additional_files = a:000
-
-  let default_files = ['.gitignore', '.git/info/exclude']
-
-  " get existing global/system gitignore files
-  let global_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --global core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
-  if global_gitignore !=# ''
-    let default_files = add(default_files, global_gitignore)
-  endif
-  let system_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --system core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
-  if system_gitignore !=# ''
-    let default_files = add(default_files, system_gitignore)
-  endif
-
-  " append additional files if given as function arguments
-  if additional_files !=# []
-    let files = extend(default_files, additional_files)
-  else
-    let files = default_files
-  endif
-
-  " keep only existing/readable files
-  let gitignore_files = []
-  for file in files
-    if filereadable(file)
-      let gitignore_files = add(gitignore_files, file)
-    endif
-  endfor
-
-  " get contents of gitignore patterns from those files
-  let gitignore_lines = []
-  for file in gitignore_files
-    for line in readfile(file)
-      " filter empty lines and comments
-      if line !~# '^#' && line !~# '^$'
-        let gitignore_lines = add(gitignore_lines, line)
-      endif
-    endfor
-  endfor
-
-  " convert gitignore patterns to Netrw/Vim regex patterns
-  let escaped_lines = []
-  for line in gitignore_lines
-    let escaped = line
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\*\*', '*', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\$', '\\$', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
-    " correction: dot, dollar and asterisks chars shouldn't be escaped when
-    " within regex matching groups.
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\.', '\.', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\$', '\$', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\.\*', '*', 'g')
-    let escaped_lines = add(escaped_lines, escaped)
-  endfor
-
-  return join(escaped_lines, ',')
+  return substitute(substitute(system('git ls-files --other --ignored --exclude-standard --directory'), '\n', ',', 'g'), ',$', '', '')
 endfunction
--- a/runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
 " Version:     13.0
-" Last Change: 2013 May 14
+" Last Change: 2019 Aug 08
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"

 " History
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
                " Remove all non-word characters
                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\<\W\+\>.\{-}\ze\/ ', "", 'g' )
                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\W\+\ze.\{-}\/ ', ' ', 'g' )
-                " Do this by using the outer substitue() call to gather all
+                " Do this by using the outer substitute() call to gather all
                " text between the match /.../ tags.
                " The inner substitute() call operates on the text selected
                " and replaces all non-word characters.
--- a/runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2018 Nov 11
+" Last Change: 2019 Aug 16
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
  let body_line = ''

  let html = []
+  let s:html5 = 0
  if s:settings.use_xhtml
    call add(html, xml_line)
  endif
@@ -371,8 +372,9 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
    call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
  elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd\">")
+    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
    call add(html, '<html>')
+    let s:html5 = 1
  else
    call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
    call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
@@ -383,7 +385,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
  " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
  " contained in XML information
  if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
-    call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    if s:html5
+      call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    else
+      call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    endif
  endif

  call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
@@ -392,6 +398,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
  call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
 	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
 	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
+	\ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
 	\ '"'.tag_close)
  call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
 	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
@@ -400,16 +407,8 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{

  call add(html, '</head>')
  let body_line_num = len(html)
-  if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();".(s:settings.line_ids ? " JumpToLine();" : "")."'>")
-    call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
-  else
-    call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
-  endif
-  call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
+  call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
+  call add(html, "<table ".(s:settings.use_css? "" : "border='1' width='100%' ")."id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")

  call add(html, '<tr>')
  for buf in a:win_list
@@ -443,7 +442,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
    " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
    " it if it's not already there. {{{
    1
-    let style_start = search('^<style type="text/css">')
+    let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
    1
    let style_end = search('^</style>')
    if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
@@ -481,7 +480,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
    " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
    normal! 2u
    if s:settings.use_css
-      call add(html, '<td valign="top"><div>')
+      call add(html, '<td><div>')
    elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
      call add(html, '<td nowrap="nowrap" valign="top"><div>')
    else
@@ -515,7 +514,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
    let name = substitute(name, '\d*\.x\?html$', '', '') . i . '.' . fnamemodify(copy(name), ":t:e")
    let i += 1
  endwhile
+
+  let s:ei_sav = &eventignore
+  set eventignore+=FileType
  exe "topleft new " . name
+  let &eventignore=s:ei_sav
+  unlet s:ei_sav
+
  setlocal modifiable

  " just in case some user autocmd creates content in the new buffer, make sure
@@ -544,7 +549,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
    " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
    " and again without adjusting {{{

-    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids || !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids

    " insert script closing tag if needed
    if s:uses_script
@@ -555,31 +560,6 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ ])
    endif

-    " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
-    " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
-    " it works.
-    if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ '/* simulate a "ch" unit by asking the browser how big a zero character is */',
-	    \ 'function FixCharWidth() {',
-	    \ '  /* get the hidden element which gives the width of a single character */',
-	    \ '  var goodWidth = document.getElementById("oneCharWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  /* get all input elements, we''ll filter on class later */',
-	    \ '  var inputTags = document.getElementsByTagName("input");',
-	    \ '  var ratio = 5;',
-	    \ '  var inputWidth = document.getElementById("oneInputWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  var emWidth = document.getElementById("oneEmWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  if (inputWidth > goodWidth) {',
-	    \ '    while (ratio < 100*goodWidth/emWidth && ratio < 100) {',
-	    \ '      ratio += 5;',
-	    \ '    }',
-	    \ '    document.getElementById("vimCodeElement'.s:settings.id_suffix.'").className = "em"+ratio;',
-	    \ '  }',
-	    \ '}'
-	    \ ])
-    endif
-
    " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
    " jumping to any lines contained therein
    if s:settings.line_ids
@@ -659,10 +639,9 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
    endif

    if s:uses_script
-      " insert script tag; javascript is always needed for the line number
-      " normalization for URL hashes
+      " insert script tag if needed
      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	    \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
 	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
    endif

@@ -673,11 +652,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
    " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
    if s:settings.use_css
      call append(style_start,
-	    \ ['<style type="text/css">']+
+	    \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
 	    \ style+
 	    \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
 	    \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
 	    \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
+	    \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
+	    \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
 	    \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
 	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
 	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
@@ -720,21 +701,22 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
    endif

    " get current option settings with appropriate defaults {{{
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines', &number )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'pre_wrap', &wrap )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css', 1 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_invalid', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'line_ids', user_settings.number_lines )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'diff_one_file', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'number_lines', &number )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'pre_wrap', &wrap )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,           'use_css', 1 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'ignore_conceal', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'ignore_folding', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'dynamic_folds', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'hover_unfold', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'no_invalid', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'whole_filler', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'use_xhtml', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'line_ids', user_settings.number_lines )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'use_input_for_pc', 'fallback')
    " }}}
    
    " override those settings that need it {{{
@@ -868,6 +850,16 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
      let user_settings.no_invalid = 0
    endif

+    " enforce valid values for use_input_for_pc
+    if user_settings.use_input_for_pc !~# 'fallback\|none\|all'
+      let user_settings.use_input_for_pc = 'fallback'
+      echohl WarningMsg
+      echomsg '2html: "' . g:html_use_input_for_pc . '" is not valid for g:html_use_input_for_pc'
+      echomsg '2html: defaulting to "' . user_settings.use_input_for_pc . '"'
+      echohl None
+      sleep 3
+    endif
+
    if exists('g:html_id_expr')
      let user_settings.id_suffix = eval(g:html_id_expr)
      if user_settings.id_suffix !~ '^[-_:.A-Za-z0-9]*$'
--- a/runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim
+++ b/runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for formatting XML
-" Last Change: Thu, 07 Dec 2018
-"     Version: 0.1
+" Last Change: 2019 Oct 24
+"     Version: 0.2
 "      Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 "  Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 "     License: VIM License
@@ -22,44 +22,73 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
    " do not fall back to internal formatting
    return 0
  endif
+  let count_orig = v:count
  let sw  = shiftwidth()
  let prev = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
  let s:indent = indent(prev)/sw
  let result = []
  let lastitem = prev ? getline(prev) : ''
  let is_xml_decl = 0
-  " split on `<`, but don't split on very first opening <
-  for item in split(join(getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + v:count - 1))), '.\@<=[>]\zs')
-    if s:EndTag(item)
-      let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
-      let s:indent += 1
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-     else
-       if !s:IsTag(item)
-         " Simply split on '<'
-         let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
-         let s:indent+=1
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[0]))
-         let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[1]))
-       else
+  " go through every line, but don't join all content together and join it
+  " back. We might lose empty lines
+  let list = getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + count_orig - 1))
+  let current = 0
+  for line in list
+    " Keep empty input lines?
+    if empty(line)
+      call add(result, '')
+      continue
+    elseif line !~# '<[/]\?[^>]*>'
+      let nextmatch = match(list, '<[/]\?[^>]*>', current)
+      let line .= join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], "\n")
+      call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+    endif
+    " split on `>`, but don't split on very first opening <
+    " this means, items can be like ['<tag>', 'tag content</tag>']
+    for item in split(line, '.\@<=[>]\zs')
+      if s:EndTag(item)
+        let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
+        let s:indent += 1
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      else
+        if !s:IsTag(item)
+          " Simply split on '<', if there is one,
+          " but reformat according to &textwidth
+          let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
+          " t should only contain 2 items, but just be safe here
+          if s:IsTag(lastitem)
+            let s:indent+=1
+          endif
+          let result+=s:FormatContent([t[0]])
+          if s:EndTag(t[1])
+            let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+          endif
+          "for y in t[1:]
+            let result+=s:FormatContent(t[1:])
+          "endfor
+        else
+          call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+        endif
      endif
-     endif
-     let lastitem = item
-   endfor
+      let lastitem = item
+    endfor
+    let current += 1
+  endfor

-   if !empty(result)
-    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + v:count - 1). 'd'
+  if !empty(result)
+    let lastprevline = getline(v:lnum + count_orig)
+    let delete_lastline = v:lnum + count_orig - 1 == line('$')
+    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + count_orig - 1). 'd'
    call append(v:lnum - 1, result)
    " Might need to remove the last line, if it became empty because of the
    " append() call
    let last = v:lnum + len(result)
-    if getline(last) is ''
+    " do not use empty(), it returns true for `empty(0)`
+    if getline(last) is '' && lastprevline is '' && delete_lastline
      exe last. 'd'
    endif
  endif
@@ -88,6 +117,7 @@ func! s:StartTag(tag)
  let is_comment = s:IsComment(a:tag)
  return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]' && !is_comment
 endfunc
+" Check if tag is a Comment start {{{1
 func! s:IsComment(tag)
  return a:tag =~? '<!--'
 endfunc
@@ -108,6 +138,43 @@ endfunc
 func! s:EmptyTag(tag)
  return a:tag =~ '/>\s*$'
 endfunc
+" Format input line according to textwidth {{{1
+func! s:FormatContent(list)
+  let result=[]
+  let limit = 80
+  if &textwidth > 0
+    let limit = &textwidth
+  endif
+  let column=0
+  let idx = -1
+  let add_indent = 0
+  let cnt = 0
+  for item in a:list
+    for word in split(item, '\s\+\S\+\zs') 
+      let column += strdisplaywidth(word, column)
+      if match(word, "^\\s*\n\\+\\s*$") > -1
+        call add(result, '')
+        let idx += 1
+        let column = 0
+        let add_indent = 1
+      elseif column > limit || cnt == 0
+        let add = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        call add(result, add)
+        let column = strdisplaywidth(add)
+        let idx += 1
+      else
+        if add_indent
+          let result[idx] = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        else
+          let result[idx] .= ' '. s:Trim(word)
+        endif
+        let add_indent = 0
+      endif
+      let cnt += 1
+    endfor
+  endfor
+  return result
+endfunc
 " Restoration And Modelines: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
--- a/runtime/colors/tools/check_colors.vim
+++ b/runtime/colors/tools/check_colors.vim
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ set cpo&vim
 func! Test_check_colors()
  let l:savedview = winsaveview()
  call cursor(1,1)
-  let err={}
+  let err = {}

  " 1) Check g:colors_name is existing
  if !search('\<\%(g:\)\?colors_name\>', 'cnW')
@@ -81,36 +81,39 @@ func! Test_check_colors()
        \ 'WarningMsg',
        \ 'WildMenu',
        \ ]
-  let groups={}
+  let groups = {}
  for group in hi_groups
-    if search('\c@suppress\s\+'.group, 'cnW')
+    if search('\c@suppress\s\+\<' .. group .. '\>', 'cnW')
      " skip check, if the script contains a line like
      " @suppress Visual:
-      let groups[group] = 'Ignoring '.group
      continue
    endif
-    if search('hi\%[ghlight]!\= \+link \+'.group, 'cnW') " Linked group
+    if search('hi\%[ghlight]!\= \+link \+' .. group, 'cnW') " Linked group
      continue
    endif
-    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group, 'cnW')
-      let groups[group] = 'No highlight definition for '.group
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>', 'cnW')
+      let groups[group] = 'No highlight definition for ' .. group
      continue
    endif
-    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*fg=', 'cnW')
-      let groups[group] = 'Missing foreground color for '.group
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*[bf]g=', 'cnW')
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing foreground or background color for ' .. group
      continue
    endif
-    if search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*guibg=', 'cnW') &&
-        \ !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*ctermbg=', 'cnW')
-      let groups[group] = 'Missing bg terminal color for '.group
+    if search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*guibg=', 'cnW') &&
+        \ !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*ctermbg=', 'cnW')
+	\ && group != 'Cursor'
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing bg terminal color for ' .. group
      continue
    endif
-    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*guifg=', 'cnW')
-      let groups[group] = 'Missing guifg definition for '.group
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*guifg=', 'cnW')
+	  \ && group !~ '^Diff'
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing guifg definition for ' .. group
      continue
    endif
-    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+'.group. '.*ctermfg=', 'cnW')
-      let groups[group] = 'Missing ctermfg definition for '.group
+    if !search('hi\%[ghlight] \+\<' .. group .. '\>.*ctermfg=', 'cnW')
+	  \ && group !~ '^Diff'
+	  \ && group != 'Cursor'
+      let groups[group] = 'Missing ctermfg definition for ' .. group
      continue
    endif
    " do not check for background colors, they could be intentionally left out
@@ -120,10 +123,10 @@ func! Test_check_colors()

  " 3) Check, that it does not set background highlighting
  " Doesn't ':hi Normal ctermfg=253 ctermfg=233' also set the background sometimes?
-  let bg_set='\(set\?\|setl\(ocal\)\?\) .*\(background\|bg\)=\(dark\|light\)'
-  let bg_let='let \%([&]\%([lg]:\)\?\)\%(background\|bg\)\s*=\s*\([''"]\?\)\w\+\1'
-  let bg_pat='\%('.bg_set. '\|'.bg_let.'\)'
-  let line=search(bg_pat, 'cnW')
+  let bg_set = '\(set\?\|setl\(ocal\)\?\) .*\(background\|bg\)=\(dark\|light\)'
+  let bg_let = 'let \%([&]\%([lg]:\)\?\)\%(background\|bg\)\s*=\s*\([''"]\?\)\w\+\1'
+  let bg_pat = '\%(' .. bg_set .. '\|' .. bg_let .. '\)'
+  let line = search(bg_pat, 'cnW')
  if search(bg_pat, 'cnW')
    exe line
    if search('hi \U\w\+\s\+\S', 'cbnW')
@@ -145,7 +148,7 @@ func! Test_check_colors()
  " if exists("syntax_on")
  " syntax reset
  " endif
-  let pat='hi\%[ghlight]\s*clear\n\s*if\s*exists(\([''"]\)syntax_on\1)\n\s*syn\%[tax]\s*reset\n\s*endif'
+  let pat = 'hi\%[ghlight]\s*clear\n\s*if\s*exists(\([''"]\)syntax_on\1)\n\s*syn\%[tax]\s*reset\n\s*endif'
  if !search(pat, 'cnW')
    let err['init'] = 'No initialization'
  endif
@@ -160,7 +163,7 @@ func! Test_check_colors()
  let ft_groups = []
  " let group = '\%('.join(hi_groups, '\|').'\)' " More efficient than a for loop, but less informative
  for group in hi_groups
-    let pat='\Chi\%[ghlight]!\= *\%[link] \+\zs'.group.'\w\+\>\ze \+.' " Skips `hi clear`
+    let pat = '\Chi\%[ghlight]!\= *\%[link] \+\zs' .. group .. '\w\+\>\ze \+.' " Skips `hi clear`
    if search(pat, 'cW')
      call add(ft_groups, matchstr(getline('.'), pat))
    endif
@@ -172,7 +175,7 @@ func! Test_check_colors()

  " 8) Were debugPC and debugBreakpoint defined?
  for group in ['debugPC', 'debugBreakpoint']
-    let pat='\Chi\%[ghlight]!\= *\%[link] \+\zs'.group.'\>'
+    let pat = '\Chi\%[ghlight]!\= *\%[link] \+\zs' .. group .. '\>'
    if search(pat, 'cnW')
      let line = search(pat, 'cW')
      let err['filetype'] = get(err, 'filetype', 'Should not define: ') . matchstr(getline('.'), pat). ' '
--- a/runtime/compiler/cs.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/cs.vim
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
-" Maintainer:	Zhou YiChao (broken.zhou@gmail.com)
-" Previous Maintainer:	Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
-" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
+" Compiler:               Microsoft Visual Studio C#
+" Maintainer:             Yichao Zhou (broken.zhou@gmail.com)
+" Previous Maintainer:    Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
+" Last Change:            Jul 22, 2019

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat+=%f(%l\\,%v):\ %t%*[^:]:\ %m,
            \%trror%*[^:]:\ %m,
            \%tarning%*[^:]:\ %m

-CompilerSet makeprg=csc\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=csc\ %:S

 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo
--- a/runtime/compiler/erlang.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/erlang.vim
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:     Erlang
 " Maintainer:	Dmitry Vasiliev <dima at hlabs dot org>
-" Last Change:	2012-02-13
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "erlang"

-CompilerSet makeprg=erlc\ -Wall\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=erlc\ -Wall\ %:S

 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:\ %m
--- a/runtime/compiler/fortran_cv.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/fortran_cv.vim
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
 		\%-Z%p%^%.%#,
 		\%-G%.%#,
 " Compiler call
-CompilerSet makeprg=df\ /nologo\ /noobj\ /c\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=df\ /nologo\ /noobj\ /c\ %:S
 " Visual fortran defaults to printing output on stderr
 " Adjust option shellpipe accordingly

--- a/runtime/compiler/gcc.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/gcc.vim
@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
 " Compiler:             GNU C Compiler
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Latest Revision:      2010-10-14
+" 			changed pattern for entering/leaving directories
+" 			by Daniel Hahler, 2019 Jul 12
 " 			added line suggested by Anton Lindqvist 2016 Mar 31

 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -27,10 +29,10 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
      \%f:%l:\ %m,
      \%f:\\(%*[^\\)]\\):\ %m,
      \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
-      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
-      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
-      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
-      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
+      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ %*[`']%f',
+      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ %*[`']%f',
+      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ %*[`']%f',
+      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ %*[`']%f',
      \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f

 if exists('g:compiler_gcc_ignore_unmatched_lines')
--- a/runtime/compiler/jikes.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/jikes.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:	Jikes
 " Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at hotmail dot com>
-" Last Change:	20 Jan 2009
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23
 " URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/compiler

 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
 endif

 " Jikes defaults to printing output on stderr
-CompilerSet makeprg=jikes\ -Xstdout\ +E\ \"%\"
+CompilerSet makeprg=jikes\ -Xstdout\ +E\ \"%:S\"
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%v:%*\\d:%*\\d:%*\\s%m
--- a/runtime/compiler/onsgmls.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/onsgmls.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	onsgmls
 " Maintainer:	Robert Rowsome <rowsome@wam.umd.edu>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C

-CompilerSet makeprg=onsgmls\ -s\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=onsgmls\ -s\ %:S

 CompilerSet errorformat=onsgmls:%f:%l:%c:%t:%m,
 		    \onsgmls:%f:%l:%c:%m
--- a/runtime/compiler/perl.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/perl.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:     Perl syntax checks (perl -Wc)
 " Maintainer:   Christian J. Robinson <heptite@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:  2006 Aug 13
+" Last Change:  2019 Jul 22

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ else
 	let s:taintopt = ''
 endif

-exe 'CompilerSet makeprg=perl\ -' . s:warnopt . s:taintopt . 'c\ %'
+exe 'CompilerSet makeprg=perl\ -' . s:warnopt . s:taintopt . 'c\ %:S'

 CompilerSet errorformat=
 	\%-G%.%#had\ compilation\ errors.,
--- a/runtime/compiler/rustc.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/rustc.vim
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ endif
 if exists("g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent") && g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent != 0
 	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc
 else
-	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc\ \%
+	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc\ \%:S
 endif

 " Old errorformat (before nightly 2016/08/10)
--- a/runtime/compiler/splint.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/splint.vim
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:     splint/lclint (C source code checker)
 " Maintainer:   Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
 " Splint Home:	http://www.splint.org/
-" Last Change:  2005 Apr 21
+" Last Change:  2019 Jul 23
 " $Revision: 1.3 $

 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ set cpo-=C

 " adapt this if you want to check more than one file at a time.
 " put command line options in .splintrc or ~/.splintrc
-CompilerSet makeprg=splint\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=splint\ %:S

 " Note: when using the new array bounds checking flags:  Each warning
 " usually has several lines and several references to source code mostly
--- a/runtime/compiler/xmlwf.vim
+++ b/runtime/compiler/xmlwf.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:	xmlwf
 " Maintainer:	Robert Rowsome <rowsome@wam.umd.edu>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23

 if exists("current_compiler")
  finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif

-CompilerSet makeprg=xmlwf\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=xmlwf\ %:S

 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l%c:%m

--- a/runtime/defaults.vim
+++ b/runtime/defaults.vim
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2019 Feb 18
+" Last change:	2019 Oct 27
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -75,8 +75,14 @@ inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U>

 " In many terminal emulators the mouse works just fine.  By enabling it you
 " can position the cursor, Visually select and scroll with the mouse.
+" Only xterm can grab the mouse events when using the shift key, for other
+" terminals use ":", select text and press Esc.
 if has('mouse')
-  set mouse=a
+  if &term =~ 'xterm'
+    set mouse=a
+  else
+    set mouse=nvi
+  endif
 endif

 " Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the
--- a/runtime/delmenu.vim
+++ b/runtime/delmenu.vim
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Warning: This also deletes all menus defined by the user!
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2001 May 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 11

 aunmenu *
 tlunmenu *
@@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ silent! unlet menutrans_path_dialog
 silent! unlet menutrans_tags_dialog
 silent! unlet menutrans_textwidth_dialog
 silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_dialog
+silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_choices
 silent! unlet menutrans_no_file
+silent! unlet menutrans_set_lang_to
+silent! unlet menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to
+silent! unlet menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list
+silent! unlet menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG

 " vim: set sw=2 :
--- a/runtime/doc/Makefile
+++ b/runtime/doc/Makefile
@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	tagsrch.txt \
 	term.txt \
 	terminal.txt \
+	testing.txt \
 	textprop.txt \
 	tips.txt \
 	todo.txt \
@@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	tagsrch.html \
 	term.html \
 	terminal.html \
+	testing.html \
 	textprop.html \
 	tips.html \
 	todo.html \
@@ -321,7 +323,10 @@ all: tags vim.man evim.man vimdiff.man vimtutor.man xxd.man $(CONVERTED)
 # Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
 # compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
 vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	$(VIMEXE) -u NONE -esX -c "helptags ++t ." -c quit
+	@if command -v $(VIMEXE); then \
+	    $(VIMEXE) --clean -eX -u doctags.vim >/dev/null && \
+	      echo "help tags updated"; \
+	  else echo "vim executable $(VIMEXE) not found; help tags not updated"; fi

 # Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
 tags: doctags $(DOCS)
--- a/runtime/doc/autocmd.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/autocmd.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 26
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -268,7 +268,6 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |BufCreate|		just after adding a buffer to the buffer list
 |BufDelete|		before deleting a buffer from the buffer list
 |BufWipeout|		before completely deleting a buffer
-|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created

 |BufFilePre|		before changing the name of the current buffer
 |BufFilePost|		after changing the name of the current buffer
@@ -302,6 +301,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file

+	Terminal
+|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
+|TerminalWinOpen|	after a terminal buffer was created in a new window
+
 	Various
 |FileChangedShell|	Vim notices that a file changed since editing started
 |FileChangedShellPost|	After handling a file changed since editing started
@@ -355,6 +358,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 			when popup menu visible
 |TextYankPost|		after text has been yanked or deleted

+|SafeState|		nothing pending, going to wait for the user to type a
+			character
+|SafeStateAgain|	repeated SafeState
+
 |ColorSchemePre|	before loading a color scheme
 |ColorScheme|		after loading a color scheme

@@ -554,16 +561,14 @@ CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line.
 							*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinEnter			After entering the command-line window.
 				Useful for setting options specifically for
-				this special type of window.  This is
-				triggered _instead_ of BufEnter and WinEnter.
+				this special type of window.
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
 				|cmdwin-char|
 							*CmdwinLeave*
 CmdwinLeave			Before leaving the command-line window.
 				Useful to clean up any global setting done
-				with CmdwinEnter.  This is triggered _instead_
-				of BufLeave and WinLeave.
+				with CmdwinEnter.
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
 				|cmdwin-char|
@@ -579,7 +584,7 @@ ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 ColorSchemePre			Before loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 				Useful to setup removing things added by a
 				color scheme, before another one is loaded.
-CompleteChanged 					*CompleteChanged*
+CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				After each time the Insert mode completion
 				menu changed.  Not fired on popup menu hide,
 				use |CompleteDone| for that.  Never triggered
@@ -595,6 +600,10 @@ CompleteChanged 					*CompleteChanged*
 				    scrollbar		TRUE if visible

 				It is not allowed to change the text |textlock|.
+
+				The size and position of the popup are also
+				available by calling |pum_getpos()|.
+
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 				when something was completed or abandoning
@@ -953,6 +962,32 @@ RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				Note that even if an autocommand is defined,
 				the reply should be read with |remote_read()|
 				to consume it.
+							*SafeState*
+SafeState			When nothing is pending, going to wait for the
+				user to type a character.
+				This will not be triggered when:
+				- an operator is pending
+				- a register was entered with "r
+				- halfway executing a command
+				- executing a mapping
+				- there is typeahead
+				- Insert mode completion is active
+				- Command line completion is active
+				You can use `mode()` to find out what state
+				Vim is in.  That may be:
+				- VIsual mode
+				- Normal mode
+				- Insert mode
+				- Command-line mode
+				Depending on what you want to do, you may also
+				check more with `state()`, e.g. whether the
+				screen was scrolled for messages.
+							*SafeStateAgain*
+SafeStateAgain			Like SafeState but after processing any
+				messages and invoking callbacks. This may be
+				triggered often, don't do something that takes
+				time.
+
 							*SessionLoadPost*
 SessionLoadPost			After loading the session file created using
 				the |:mksession| command.
@@ -1049,6 +1084,12 @@ TerminalOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
 				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
 				triggered even if the buffer is created
 				without a window, with the ++hidden option.
+							*TerminalWinOpen*
+TerminalWinOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
+				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
+				triggered only if the buffer is created
+				with a window.  Can be used to set window
+				local options for the terminal window.
 							*TermResponse*
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|
@@ -1085,8 +1126,8 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				current buffer.  The following values of
 				|v:event| can be used to determine the operation
 				that triggered this autocmd:
-				   operator    	The operation performed.
-				   regcontents 	Text that was stored in the
+				   operator	The operation performed.
+				   regcontents	Text that was stored in the
 						register, as a list of lines,
 						like with: >
 						getreg(r, 1, 1)
@@ -1122,7 +1163,7 @@ VimEnter			After doing all the startup stuff, including
 				   if v:vim_did_enter
 				     call s:init()
 				   else
- 	  			     au VimEnter * call s:init()
+				     au VimEnter * call s:init()
 				   endif
 <							*VimLeave*
 VimLeave			Before exiting Vim, just after writing the
--- a/runtime/doc/change.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/change.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 28


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -691,10 +691,8 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 	    <Esc>   to quit substituting
 	    'a'	    to substitute this and all remaining matches
 	    'q'	    to quit substituting
-	    CTRL-E  to scroll the screen up {not available when compiled
-		       without the |+insert_expand| feature}
-	    CTRL-Y  to scroll the screen down {not available when compiled
-		       without the |+insert_expand| feature}
+	    CTRL-E  to scroll the screen up
+	    CTRL-Y  to scroll the screen down
 	If the 'edcompatible' option is on, Vim remembers the [c] flag and
 	toggles it each time you use it, but resets it when you give a new
 	search pattern.
@@ -1001,9 +999,13 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			delete and yank) ({.%#:} only work with put).

 							*:reg* *:registers*
-:reg[isters]		Display the contents of all numbered and named
-			registers.  If a register is written to for |:redir|
-			it will not be listed.
+:reg[isters]		Display the type and contents of all numbered and
+			named registers.  If a register is written to for
+			|:redir| it will not be listed.
+			Type can be one of:
+			"c"	for |characterwise| text
+			"l"	for |linewise| text
+			"b"	for |blockwise-visual| text


 :reg[isters] {arg}	Display the contents of the numbered and named
@@ -1174,14 +1176,14 @@ Rationale:	In Vi the "y" command followed by a backwards motion would
 With a linewise yank command the cursor is put in the first line, but the
 column is unmodified, thus it may not be on the first yanked character.

-There are ten types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
+There are ten types of registers:		*registers* *{register}* *E354*
 1. The unnamed register ""
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
 4. 26 named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z
-5. three read-only registers ":, "., "%
-6. alternate buffer register "#
-7. the expression register "=
+5. Three read-only registers ":, "., "%
+6. Alternate buffer register "#
+7. The expression register "=
 8. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
 9. The black hole register "_
 10. Last search pattern register "/
@@ -1314,7 +1316,7 @@ When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
 text without affecting the normal registers.  When reading from this register,
 nothing is returned.

-10. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
+10. Last search pattern register	"/		*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
@@ -1620,8 +1622,6 @@ By default, "b:#" is included.  This means that a line that starts with
 "#include" is not recognized as a comment line.  But a line that starts with
 "# define" is recognized.  This is a compromise.

-{not available when compiled without the |+comments| feature}
-
 							*fo-table*
 You can use the 'formatoptions' option  to influence how Vim formats text.
 'formatoptions' is a string that can contain any of the letters below.  The
--- a/runtime/doc/channel.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/channel.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 12
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|
 5. Channel commands			|channel-commands|
 6. Using a RAW or NL channel		|channel-raw|
 7. More channel functions		|channel-more|
-8. Starting a job with a channel	|job-start|
-9. Starting a job without a channel	|job-start-nochannel|
-10. Job options				|job-options|
-11. Controlling a job			|job-control|
-12. Using a prompt buffer		|prompt-buffer|
+8. Channel functions details		|channel-functions-details|
+9. Starting a job with a channel	|job-start|
+10. Starting a job without a channel	|job-start-nochannel|
+11. Job functions			|job-functions-details|
+12. Job options				|job-options|
+13. Controlling a job			|job-control|
+14. Using a prompt buffer		|prompt-buffer|

 {only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff}
 	You can check this with: `has('channel')`
@@ -221,7 +223,7 @@ ch_open() fails quickly.  On MS-Windows "waittime" applies.
 *E898* *E901* *E902*

 If there is an error reading or writing a channel it will be closed.
-*E630* *E631* 
+*E630* *E631*

 ==============================================================================
 4. Using a JSON or JS channel					*channel-use*
@@ -460,7 +462,263 @@ For a JS or JSON channel this returns one decoded message.
 This includes any sequence number.

 ==============================================================================
-8. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*
+8. Channel functions details			*channel-functions-details*
+
+ch_canread({handle})						*ch_canread()*
+		Return non-zero when there is something to read from {handle}.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		This is useful to read from a channel at a convenient time,
+		e.g. from a timer.
+
+		Note that messages are dropped when the channel does not have
+		a callback.  Add a close callback to avoid that.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_canread()
+
+ch_close({handle})						*ch_close()*
+		Close {handle}.  See |channel-close|.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		A close callback is not invoked.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_close()
+
+ch_close_in({handle})						*ch_close_in()*
+		Close the "in" part of {handle}.  See |channel-close-in|.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		A close callback is not invoked.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_close_in()
+
+
+ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
+		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
+		according to the type of channel.  The function cannot be used
+		with a raw channel.  See |channel-use|.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+								*E917*
+		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It must not have a "callback"
+		entry.  It can have a "timeout" entry to specify the timeout
+		for this specific request.
+
+		ch_evalexpr() waits for a response and returns the decoded
+		expression.  When there is an error or timeout it returns an
+		empty string.
+
+		Note that while waiting for the response, Vim handles other
+		messages.  You need to make sure this doesn't cause trouble.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_evalexpr(expr)
+
+
+ch_evalraw({handle}, {string} [, {options}])		*ch_evalraw()*
+		Send {string} over {handle}.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		Works like |ch_evalexpr()|, but does not encode the request or
+		decode the response.  The caller is responsible for the
+		correct contents.  Also does not add a newline for a channel
+		in NL mode, the caller must do that.  The NL in the response
+		is removed.
+		Note that Vim does not know when the text received on a raw
+		channel is complete, it may only return the first part and you
+		need to use |ch_readraw()| to fetch the rest.
+		See |channel-use|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_evalraw(rawstring)
+
+ch_getbufnr({handle}, {what})				 *ch_getbufnr()*
+		Get the buffer number that {handle} is using for {what}.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		{what} can be "err" for stderr, "out" for stdout or empty for
+		socket output.
+		Returns -1 when there is no buffer.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_getbufnr(what)
+
+ch_getjob({channel})						*ch_getjob()*
+		Get the Job associated with {channel}.
+		If there is no job calling |job_status()| on the returned Job
+		will result in "fail".
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_getjob()
+
+
+ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
+		Returns a Dictionary with information about {handle}.  The
+		items are:
+		   "id"		  number of the channel
+		   "status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed", like
+				  ch_status()
+		When opened with ch_open():
+		   "hostname"	  the hostname of the address
+		   "port"	  the port of the address
+		   "sock_status"  "open" or "closed"
+		   "sock_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "sock_io"	  "socket"
+		   "sock_timeout" timeout in msec
+		When opened with job_start():
+		   "out_status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed"
+		   "out_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "out_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "out_timeout"  timeout in msec
+		   "err_status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed"
+		   "err_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "err_io"	  "out", "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "err_timeout"  timeout in msec
+		   "in_status"	  "open" or "closed"
+		   "in_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "in_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "in_timeout"	  timeout in msec
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_info()
+
+
+ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
+		Write {msg} in the channel log file, if it was opened with
+		|ch_logfile()|.
+		When {handle} is passed the channel number is used for the
+		message.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.  The
+		Channel must be open for the channel number to be used.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			'did something'->ch_log()
+
+
+ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
+		Start logging channel activity to {fname}.
+		When {fname} is an empty string: stop logging.
+
+		When {mode} is omitted or "a" append to the file.
+		When {mode} is "w" start with an empty file.
+
+		Use |ch_log()| to write log messages.  The file is flushed
+		after every message, on Unix you can use "tail -f" to see what
+		is going on in real time.
+
+		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+		NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be
+		aware that this may contain confidential and privacy sensitive
+		information, e.g. a password you type in a terminal window.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			'logfile'->ch_logfile('w')
+
+
+ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
+		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
+		Returns a Channel.  Use |ch_status()| to check for failure.
+
+		{address} has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
+		"localhost:8765".
+
+		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
+		See |channel-open-options|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAddress()->ch_open()
+
+
+ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
+		Read from {handle} and return the received message.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		For a NL channel this waits for a NL to arrive, except when
+		there is nothing more to read (channel was closed).
+		See |channel-more|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_read()
+
+
+ch_readblob({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readblob()*
+		Like ch_read() but reads binary data and returns a |Blob|.
+		See |channel-more|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_readblob()
+
+
+ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readraw()*
+		Like ch_read() but for a JS and JSON channel does not decode
+		the message.  For a NL channel it does not block waiting for
+		the NL to arrive, but otherwise works like ch_read().
+		See |channel-more|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_readraw()
+
+
+ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
+		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
+		according to the type of channel.  The function cannot be used
+		with a raw channel.
+		See |channel-use|.				*E912*
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_sendexpr(expr)
+
+
+ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
+		Send |String| or |Blob| {expr} over {handle}.
+		Works like |ch_sendexpr()|, but does not encode the request or
+		decode the response.  The caller is responsible for the
+		correct contents.  Also does not add a newline for a channel
+		in NL mode, the caller must do that.  The NL in the response
+		is removed.
+		See |channel-use|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_sendraw(rawexpr)
+
+
+ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})			*ch_setoptions()*
+		Set options on {handle}:
+			"callback"	the channel callback
+			"timeout"	default read timeout in msec
+			"mode"		mode for the whole channel
+		See |ch_open()| for more explanation.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		Note that changing the mode may cause queued messages to be
+		lost.
+
+		These options cannot be changed:
+			"waittime"	only applies to |ch_open()|
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_setoptions(options)
+
+
+ch_status({handle} [, {options}])				*ch_status()*
+		Return the status of {handle}:
+			"fail"		failed to open the channel
+			"open"		channel can be used
+			"buffered"	channel can be read, not written to
+			"closed"	channel can not be used
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		"buffered" is used when the channel was closed but there is
+		still data that can be obtained with |ch_read()|.
+
+		If {options} is given it can contain a "part" entry to specify
+		the part of the channel to return the status for: "out" or
+		"err".  For example, to get the error status: >
+			ch_status(job, {"part": "err"})
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_status()
+
+==============================================================================
+9. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*

 To start a job and open a channel for stdin/stdout/stderr: >
    let job = job_start(command, {options})
@@ -494,7 +752,7 @@ handle that separately, add an "err_cb" handler: >

 If you want to handle both stderr and stdout with one handler use the
 "callback" option: >
-    let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"}) 
+    let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"})

 Depending on the system, starting a job can put Vim in the background, the
 started job gets the focus.  To avoid that, use the `foreground()` function.
@@ -552,7 +810,7 @@ add a close callback and read the output there: >
 You will want to do something more useful than "echomsg".

 ==============================================================================
-9. Starting a job without a channel			*job-start-nochannel*
+10. Starting a job without a channel			*job-start-nochannel*

 To start another process without creating a channel: >
    let job = job_start(command,
@@ -579,7 +837,181 @@ Note that the waittime for ch_open() gives the job one second to make the port
 available.

 ==============================================================================
-10. Job options						*job-options*
+11. Job functions					*job-functions-details*
+
+job_getchannel({job})					 *job_getchannel()*
+		Get the channel handle that {job} is using.
+		To check if the job has no channel: >
+			if string(job_getchannel()) == 'channel fail'
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_getchannel()
+
+job_info([{job}])					*job_info()*
+		Returns a Dictionary with information about {job}:
+		   "status"	what |job_status()| returns
+		   "channel"	what |job_getchannel()| returns
+		   "cmd"	List of command arguments used to start the job
+		   "process"	process ID
+		   "tty_in"	terminal input name, empty when none
+		   "tty_out"	terminal output name, empty when none
+		   "exitval"	only valid when "status" is "dead"
+		   "exit_cb"	function to be called on exit
+		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
+
+		   Only in Unix:
+		   "termsig"	the signal which terminated the process
+				(See |job_stop()| for the values)
+				only valid when "status" is "dead"
+
+		   Only in MS-Windows:
+		   "tty_type"	Type of virtual console in use.
+				Values are "winpty" or "conpty".
+				See 'termwintype'.
+
+		Without any arguments, returns a List with all Job objects.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_info()
+
+
+job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
+		Change options for {job}.  Supported are:
+		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
+		   "exit_cb"	|job-exit_cb|
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_setoptions(options)
+
+
+job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
+		Start a job and return a Job object.  Unlike |system()| and
+		|:!cmd| this does not wait for the job to finish.
+		To start a job in a terminal window see |term_start()|.
+
+		If the job fails to start then |job_status()| on the returned
+		Job object results in "fail" and none of the callbacks will be
+		invoked.
+
+		{command} can be a String.  This works best on MS-Windows.  On
+		Unix it is split up in white-separated parts to be passed to
+		execvp().  Arguments in double quotes can contain white space.
+
+		{command} can be a List, where the first item is the executable
+		and further items are the arguments.  All items are converted
+		to String.  This works best on Unix.
+
+		On MS-Windows, job_start() makes a GUI application hidden. If
+		want to show it, Use |:!start| instead.
+
+		The command is executed directly, not through a shell, the
+		'shell' option is not used.  To use the shell: >
+	let job = job_start(["/bin/sh", "-c", "echo hello"])
+<		Or: >
+	let job = job_start('/bin/sh -c "echo hello"')
+<		Note that this will start two processes, the shell and the
+		command it executes.  If you don't want this use the "exec"
+		shell command.
+
+		On Unix $PATH is used to search for the executable only when
+		the command does not contain a slash.
+
+		The job will use the same terminal as Vim.  If it reads from
+		stdin the job and Vim will be fighting over input, that
+		doesn't work.  Redirect stdin and stdout to avoid problems: >
+	let job = job_start(['sh', '-c', "myserver </dev/null >/dev/null"])
+<
+		The returned Job object can be used to get the status with
+		|job_status()| and stop the job with |job_stop()|.
+
+		Note that the job object will be deleted if there are no
+		references to it.  This closes the stdin and stderr, which may
+		cause the job to fail with an error.  To avoid this keep a
+		reference to the job.  Thus instead of: >
+	call job_start('my-command')
+<		use: >
+	let myjob = job_start('my-command')
+<		and unlet "myjob" once the job is not needed or is past the
+		point where it would fail (e.g. when it prints a message on
+		startup).  Keep in mind that variables local to a function
+		will cease to exist if the function returns.  Use a
+		script-local variable if needed: >
+	let s:myjob = job_start('my-command')
+<
+		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It can contain many optional
+		items, see |job-options|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			BuildCommand()->job_start()
+
+
+job_status({job})					*job_status()* *E916*
+		Returns a String with the status of {job}:
+			"run"	job is running
+			"fail"	job failed to start
+			"dead"	job died or was stopped after running
+
+		On Unix a non-existing command results in "dead" instead of
+		"fail", because a fork happens before the failure can be
+		detected.
+
+		If an exit callback was set with the "exit_cb" option and the
+		job is now detected to be "dead" the callback will be invoked.
+
+		For more information see |job_info()|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_status()
+
+
+job_stop({job} [, {how}])					*job_stop()*
+		Stop the {job}.  This can also be used to signal the job.
+
+		When {how} is omitted or is "term" the job will be terminated.
+		For Unix SIGTERM is sent.  On MS-Windows the job will be
+		terminated forcedly (there is no "gentle" way).
+		This goes to the process group, thus children may also be
+		affected.
+
+		Effect for Unix:
+			"term"	 SIGTERM (default)
+			"hup"	 SIGHUP
+			"quit"	 SIGQUIT
+			"int"	 SIGINT
+			"kill"	 SIGKILL (strongest way to stop)
+			number	 signal with that number
+
+		Effect for MS-Windows:
+			"term"	 terminate process forcedly (default)
+			"hup"	 CTRL_BREAK
+			"quit"	 CTRL_BREAK
+			"int"	 CTRL_C
+			"kill"	 terminate process forcedly
+			Others	 CTRL_BREAK
+
+		On Unix the signal is sent to the process group.  This means
+		that when the job is "sh -c command" it affects both the shell
+		and the command.
+
+		The result is a Number: 1 if the operation could be executed,
+		0 if "how" is not supported on the system.
+		Note that even when the operation was executed, whether the
+		job was actually stopped needs to be checked with
+		|job_status()|.
+
+		If the status of the job is "dead", the signal will not be
+		sent.  This is to avoid to stop the wrong job (esp. on Unix,
+		where process numbers are recycled).
+
+		When using "kill" Vim will assume the job will die and close
+		the channel.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_stop()
+
+
+==============================================================================
+12. Job options						*job-options*

 The {options} argument in job_start() is a dictionary.  All entries are
 optional.  Some options can be used after the job has started, using
@@ -773,7 +1205,7 @@ accessible for others).  Use |setfperm()| to change this.
 If the file already exists it is truncated.

 ==============================================================================
-11. Controlling a job					*job-control*
+13. Controlling a job					*job-control*

 To get the status of a job: >
 	echo job_status(job)
@@ -789,7 +1221,7 @@ signals.  E.g. to force a job to stop, "kill it": >
 For more options see |job_stop()|.

 ==============================================================================
-12. Using a prompt buffer				*prompt-buffer*
+14. Using a prompt buffer				*prompt-buffer*

 If you want to type input for the job in a Vim window you have a few options:
 - Use a normal buffer and handle all possible commands yourself.
--- a/runtime/doc/cmdline.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/cmdline.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -77,10 +77,17 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  Up to three digits form the
 		way as in Insert mode (see above, |i_CTRL-V|).
 		Note: Under Windows CTRL-V is often mapped to paste text.
 		Use CTRL-Q instead then.
+		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
+		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
+		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
 							*c_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 		control flow, it doesn't work then.

+CTRL-SHIFT-V				*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+
 							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left
 							*c_<Right>* *c_Right*
@@ -129,7 +136,7 @@ CTRL-K {char1} {char2}					*c_CTRL-K*
 		enter digraph (see |digraphs|).  When {char1} is a special
 		key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form.

-CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=.}					*c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
+CTRL-R {register}					*c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
 		Insert the contents of a numbered or named register.  Between
 		typing CTRL-R and the second character '"' will be displayed
 		to indicate that you are expected to enter the name of a
@@ -191,8 +198,8 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-L				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-L* *c_<C-R>_<C-L>*

 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>_<C-R>*
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O* *c_<C-R>_<C-O>*
-CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
-CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
+CTRL-R CTRL-R {register CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
+CTRL-R CTRL-O {register CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
 		Insert register or object under the cursor.  Works like
 		|c_CTRL-R| but inserts the text literally.  For example, if
 		register a contains "xy^Hz" (where ^H is a backspace),
@@ -380,10 +387,8 @@ word before the cursor.  This is available for:
 - Mappings: Only after a ":map" or similar command.
 - Variable and function names: Only after a ":if", ":call" or similar command.

-When Vim was compiled without the |+cmdline_compl| feature only file names,
-directories and help items can be completed.  The number of help item matches
-is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long delay when there are very many
-matches.
+The number of help item matches is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long
+delay when there are very many matches.

 These are the commands that can be used:

@@ -702,7 +707,7 @@ commands ":write" and ":global" have the whole file (1,$) as default.
 If more line specifiers are given than required for the command, the first
 one(s) will be ignored.

-Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *E14* *{address}*
+Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 	{number}	an absolute line number
 	.		the current line			  *:.*
 	$		the last line in the file		  *:$*
@@ -911,8 +916,7 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
     *%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs* *%:S*
 The file name modifiers can be used after "%", "#", "#n", "<cfile>", "<sfile>",
 "<afile>" or "<abuf>".  They are also used with the |fnamemodify()| function.
-These are not available when Vim has been compiled without the |+modify_fname|
-feature.
+
 These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 	:p	Make file name a full path.  Must be the first modifier.  Also
 		changes "~/" (and "~user/" for Unix and VMS) to the path for
@@ -1064,8 +1068,7 @@ Also see |`=|.
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave
 it in a normal way.
-{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| or |+vertsplit|
-feature}
+{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| feature}


 OPEN						*c_CTRL-F* *q:* *q/* *q?*
@@ -1140,7 +1143,6 @@ VARIOUS
 The command-line window cannot be used:
 - when there already is a command-line window (no nesting)
 - for entering an encryption key or when using inputsecret()
- when Vim was not compiled with the |+vertsplit| feature

 Some options are set when the command-line window is opened:
 'filetype'	"vim", when editing an Ex command-line; this starts Vim syntax
@@ -1176,11 +1178,9 @@ edited as described in |cmdwin-char|.

 AUTOCOMMANDS

-Two autocommand events are used: |CmdwinEnter| and |CmdwinLeave|.  Since this
-window is of a special type, the WinEnter, WinLeave, BufEnter and BufLeave
-events are not triggered.  You can use the Cmdwin events to do settings
-specifically for the command-line window.  Be careful not to cause side
-effects!
+Two autocommand events are used: |CmdwinEnter| and |CmdwinLeave|.  You can use
+the Cmdwin events to do settings specifically for the command-line window.
+Be careful not to cause side effects!
 Example: >
 	:au CmdwinEnter :  let b:cpt_save = &cpt | set cpt=.
 	:au CmdwinLeave :  let &cpt = b:cpt_save
--- a/runtime/doc/debugger.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/debugger.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 12
+*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -6,6 +6,10 @@

 Debugger Support Features				*debugger-support*

+These features are for integration with a debugger or an Integrated
+Programming Environment (IPE) or Integrated Development Environment (IDE).
+For the debugger running in a Vim terminal window see |terminal-debugger|.
+
 1. Debugger Features		|debugger-features|
 2. Vim Compile Options		|debugger-compilation|
 3. Integrated Debuggers		|debugger-integration|
@@ -14,9 +18,7 @@ Debugger Support Features				*debugger-support*
 ==============================================================================
 1. Debugger Features					*debugger-features*

-The following features are available for an integration with a debugger or
-an Integrated Programming Environment (IPE) or Integrated Development
-Environment (IDE):
+The following features are available:

 	Alternate Command Input				|alt-input|
 	Debug Signs					|debug-signs|
@@ -90,6 +92,9 @@ However, the feature was implemented in as general a manner as possible and
 could be used for displaying other information as well.  The functionality is
 limited though, for advanced popups see |popup-window|.

+Another way to use the balloon is with the 'balloonexpr' option.  This is
+completely user definable.
+
 The Balloon Evaluation has some settable parameters too.  For Motif the font
 list and colors can be set via X resources (XmNballoonEvalFontList,
 XmNballoonEvalBackground, and XmNballoonEvalForeground).
@@ -106,9 +111,6 @@ The Balloon evaluation functions are also used to show a tooltip for the
 toolbar.  The 'ballooneval' option does not need to be set for this.  But the
 other settings apply.

-Another way to use the balloon is with the 'balloonexpr' option.  This is
-completely user definable.
-
 ==============================================================================
 2. Vim Compile Options					*debugger-compilation*

--- a/runtime/doc/develop.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/develop.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 17
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -195,10 +195,14 @@ problems for existing patches.  Only use them for new and changed code.

 Comments ~

-Traditionally Vim uses /* comments */.  We intend to keep it that way,
-especially for file and function headers.  For new code or lines of code that
-change, it is allowed to use // comments.  Especially when it comes after
-code:
+Traditionally Vim uses /* comments */.  We intend to keep it that way
+for file and function headers and larger blocks of code, E.g.:
+	/*
+	 * The "foo" argument does something useful.
+	 * Return OK or FAIL.
+	 */
+For new code or lines of code that change, it is preferred to use // comments.
+Especially when it comes after code:
 	int some_var;  // single line comment useful here

 Enums ~
@@ -529,7 +533,7 @@ the best method is.  Alternatives:
   memory use, but takes a long time.  On a fast PC it takes a couple of
   seconds for English, which can be acceptable for interactive use.  But for
   some languages it takes more than ten seconds (e.g., German, Catalan),
-   which is unacceptable slow.  For batch processing (automatic corrections)
+   which is unacceptably slow.  For batch processing (automatic corrections)
   it's too slow for all languages.
 2. Use a trie for the soundfolded words, so that searching can be done just
   like how it works without soundfolding.  This requires remembering a list
--- a/runtime/doc/diff.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/diff.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 10


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -68,11 +68,12 @@ reset to the global value.
 The options can still be overruled from a modeline when re-editing the file.
 However, 'foldmethod' and 'wrap' won't be set from a modeline when 'diff' is
 set.
+See `:diffoff` for an easy way to revert the options.

 The differences shown are actually the differences in the buffer.  Thus if you
 make changes after loading a file, these will be included in the displayed
 diffs.  You might have to do ":diffupdate" now and then, not all changes are
-immediately taken into account.
+immediately taken into account, especially when using an external diff command.

 In your .vimrc file you could do something special when Vim was started in
 diff mode.  You could use a construct like this: >
@@ -335,7 +336,7 @@ After setting this variable, reload the syntax script: >
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*

 The 'diffexpr' option can be set to use something else than the standard
-"diff" program to compare two files and find the differences.
+"diff" program to compare two files and find the differences. *E959*

 When 'diffexpr' is empty, Vim uses this command to find the differences
 between file1 and file2: >
--- a/runtime/doc/doctags.vim
+++ b/runtime/doc/doctags.vim
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+" This script makes a tags file for help text.
+"
+" Usage: vim -eX -u doctags.vim
+
+helptags ++t .
+qa!
--- a/runtime/doc/editing.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/editing.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ g CTRL-G		Prints the current position of the cursor in five
 :buffers
 :files
 :ls			List all the currently known file names.  See
-			'windows.txt' |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|.
+			|windows.txt| |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|.

 Vim will remember the full path name of a file name that you enter.  In most
 cases when the file name is displayed only the name you typed is shown, but
@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ The syntax is best shown via some examples: >
 <		Open the browser in the C:/bar directory, with the current
 		buffer filename as default, and save the buffer under the
 		filename chosen.
-Also see the |'browsedir'| option.
+Also see the 'browsedir' option.
 For versions of Vim where browsing is not supported, the command is executed
 unmodified.

@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ Do this before writing the file.  When reading an encrypted file it will be
 set automatically to the method used when that file was written.  You can
 change 'cryptmethod' before writing that file to change the method.

-To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc| 
+To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc|
 file: >
 	set cm=blowfish2
 Using "blowfish2" is highly recommended.  Only use another method if you
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ focus.
 If you want to automatically reload a file when it has been changed outside of
 Vim, set the 'autoread' option.  This doesn't work at the moment you write the
 file though, only when the file wasn't changed inside of Vim.
-
+							*ignore-timestamp*
 If you do not want to be asked or automatically reload the file, you can use
 this: >
 	set buftype=nofile
--- a/runtime/doc/eval.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/eval.txt
--- a/runtime/doc/filetype.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/filetype.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -595,6 +595,10 @@ If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
 folding style instead.  For example: >
        autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable

+If you would like :Man {number} {name} to behave like man {number} {name} by
+not running man {name} if no page is found, then use this: >
+	let g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback = 1
+
 You may also want to set 'keywordprg' to make the |K| command open a manual
 page in a Vim window: >
 	set keywordprg=:Man
@@ -642,6 +646,16 @@ To disable this behavior, set the following variable in your vimrc: >
 	let g:python_recommended_style = 0


+QF QUICKFIX					    *qf.vim* *ft-qf-plugin*
+
+The "qf" filetype is used for the quickfix window, see |quickfix-window|.
+
+The quickfix filetype plugin includes configuration for displaying the command
+that produced the quickfix list in the |status-line|. To disable this setting,
+configure as follows: >
+	:let g:qf_disable_statusline = 1
+
+
 R MARKDOWN						*ft-rmd-plugin*

 By default ftplugin/html.vim is not sourced. If you want it sourced, add to
--- a/runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2013 May 15
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07

 by David Fishburn

@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ The defaults static maps are: >
    imap <buffer> <C-C>T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlType')<CR><C-X><C-O>
    imap <buffer> <C-C>s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlStatement')<CR><C-X><C-O>

-The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc| as it 
-may not work properly on all platforms: >
+The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc|
+as it may not work properly on all platforms: >
    let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key = '<C-C>'
 >
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ The SQL completion plugin can also display a list of columns for particular
 tables.  The column completion is trigger via <C-C>c.

 NOTE: The following example uses <Right> to trigger a column list while
-      the popup window is active.  
+      the popup window is active.

 Example of using column completion:
     - Press <C-C>t again to display the list of tables.
--- a/runtime/doc/gui.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/gui.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 20
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ because the menu command will always be applied to the top window.

 If you are on the ':' line (or '/' or '?'), then clicking the left or right
 mouse button will position the cursor on the ':' line (if 'mouse' contains
-'c', 'a' or 'A').
+'c' or 'a').

 In any situation the middle mouse button may be clicked to paste the current
 selection.
@@ -560,8 +560,9 @@ floating menus that do not appear on the main menu bar.
 				*E330* *E327* *E331* *E336* *E333*
 				*E328* *E329* *E337* *E792*
 To create a new menu item, use the ":menu" commands.  They are mostly like
-the ":map" set of commands but the first argument is a menu item name, given
-as a path of menus and submenus with a '.' between them, e.g.: >
+the ":map" set of commands (see |map-modes|), but the first argument is a menu
+item name, given as a path of menus and submenus with a '.' between them,
+e.g.: >

   :menu File.Save  :w<CR>
   :inoremenu File.Save  <C-O>:w<CR>
@@ -1013,7 +1014,7 @@ it behaves in a strange way.
 				have at least one subentry, but need not
 				appear on the menu-bar (see |hidden-menus|).
 				{only available for Win32 and GTK GUI or in
-				the terminal when compiled with +insert_expand}
+				the terminal}

 :popu[p]! {name}		Like above, but use the position of the mouse
 				pointer instead of the cursor.
--- a/runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt
@@ -171,14 +171,14 @@ you can.
 		path			    {path}\gvim.exe
   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 5.6
 		DisplayName		    Vim 5.6: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
-		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstal.exe
+		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstall.exe

   Replace {path} with the path that leads to the executable.
   Don't type {default}, this is the value for the key itself.

 To remove "Edit with Vim" from the popup menu, just remove the registry
-entries mentioned above.  The "uninstal.exe" program can do this for you.  You
-can also use the entry in the Windows standard "Add/Remove Programs" list.
+entries mentioned above.  The "uninstall.exe" program can do this for you.
+You can also use the entry in the Windows standard "Add/Remove Programs" list.

 If you notice that this entry overrules other file type associations, set
 those associations again by hand (using Windows Explorer, see above).  This
--- a/runtime/doc/hangulin.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/hangulin.txt
@@ -1,112 +1,17 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2015 Nov 24
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam

+						*hangul*
+Vim had built-in support for hangul, the Korean language, for users without
+XIM (X Input Method).  Since it didn't work well and was not maintained it was
+removed in Vim 8.1.2327.

-Introduction					*hangul*
------------
-It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with Vim GUI version.
-If you have a XIM program, you can use another |+xim| feature.
-Basically, it is for anybody who has no XIM program.
+If you want this hangul input mehod you can go back to Vim 8.1.2326 or
+earlier.  If you think this code is still useful and want to maintain it, make
+a patch to add it back.  However, making it work with UTF-8 encoding would be
+best.

-Compile
-------
-Next is a basic option.  You can add any other configure option. >
-
-   ./configure --with-x --enable-multibyte --enable-hangulinput \
-            --disable-xim
-
-And you should check feature.h.  If |+hangul_input| feature is enabled
-by configure, you can select more options such as keyboard type, 2 bulsik
-or 3 bulsik.  You can find keywords like next in there. >
-
-	#define HANGUL_DEFAULT_KEYBOARD 2
-	#define ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE
-	/* #define X_LOCALE */
-
-Environment variables
---------------------
-You should set LANG variable to Korean locale such as ko, ko_KR.eucKR
-or ko_KR.UTF-8.
-If you set LC_ALL variable, it should be set to Korean locale also.
-
-Vim resource
------------
-You may want to set 'encoding' and 'fileencodings'.
-Next are examples: >
-
-	:set encoding=euc-kr
-	:set encoding=utf-8
-	:set fileencodings=ucs-bom,utf-8,cp949,euc-kr,latin1
-
-Keyboard
--------
-You can change keyboard type (2 bulsik or 3 bulsik) using VIM_KEYBOARD
-or HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE environment variables.  For sh, just do (2 bulsik): >
-
-    export VIM_KEYBOARD="2"
-or >
-    export HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE="2"
-
-If both are set, VIM_KEYBOARD has higher priority.
-
-Hangul Fonts
------------
-If you use GTK version of gvim, you should set 'guifont' and 'guifontwide'.
-For example: >
-    set guifont=Courier\ 12
-    set guifontwide=NanumGothicCoding\ 12
-
-If you use Motif or Athena version of gvim, you should set 'guifontset' in
-your vimrc.  You can set fontset in the .Xdefaults file.
-
-$HOME/.gvimrc: >
-    set guifontset=english_font,hangul_font
-
-$HOME/.Xdefaults: >
-    Vim.font: english_font
-
-    ! Nexts are for hangul menu with Athena
-    *international: True
-    Vim*fontSet: english_font,hangul_font
-
-    ! Nexts are for hangul menu with Motif
-    *international: True
-    Vim*fontList: english_font;hangul_font:
-
-attention! the , (comma) or ; (semicolon)
-
-And there should be no ':set guifont'.  If it exists, then gvim ignores
-':set guifontset'.  It means Vim runs without fontset supporting.
-So, you can see only English.  Hangul does not be correctly displayed.
-
-After "fontset" feature is enabled, Vim does not allow using english
-font only in "font" setting for syntax.
-For example, if you use >
-   :set guifontset=eng_font,your_font
-in your .gvimrc, then you should do for syntax >
-   :hi Comment guifg=Cyan font=another_eng_font,another_your_font
-If you just do >
-   :hi Comment font=another_eng_font
-then you can see a error message.  Be careful!
-
-hangul_font width should be twice than english_font width.
-
-Unsupported Feature
-------------------
-We don't support Johab font.
-We don't support Hanja input.
-And We don't have any plan to support them.
-
-If you really need such features, you can use console version of Vim with a
-capable terminal emulator.
-
-Bug or Comment
--------------
-Send comments, patches and suggestions to:
-
-				    SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-				    Chi-Deok Hwang <...>

 vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/help.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/help.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 12
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21

 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -139,6 +139,7 @@ Advanced editing ~
 |fold.txt|	hide (fold) ranges of lines

 Special issues ~
+|testing.txt|	testing Vim and Vim scripts
 |print.txt|	printing
 |remote.txt|	using Vim as a server or client
 |term.txt|	using different terminals and mice
--- a/runtime/doc/helphelp.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/helphelp.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 04
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 18


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -102,7 +102,11 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.

 						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
-:helpc[lose]            Close one help window, if there is one.
+:helpc[lose]		Close one help window, if there is one.
+			Vim will try to restore the window layout (including
+			cursor position) to the same layout it was before
+			opening the help window initially.  This might cause
+			triggering several autocommands.

 							*:helpg* *:helpgrep*
 :helpg[rep] {pattern}[@xx]
--- a/runtime/doc/if_lua.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_lua.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Examples:
 	:lua local curbuf = vim.buffer() curbuf[7] = "line #7"
 <

-:[range]lua << {endmarker}
+:[range]lua << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Lua script {script}.
@@ -40,9 +40,11 @@ Examples:
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

-{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
-omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like
-for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+The {endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+
+If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 This form of the |:lua| command is mainly useful for including Lua code
 in Vim scripts.

--- a/runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 :[range]mz[scheme] {stmt}
 			Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}.

-:[range]mz[scheme] << {endmarker}
+:[range]mz[scheme] << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute inlined MzScheme script {script}.
@@ -47,6 +47,13 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

+			The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be
+			preceded by any white space.
+
+			If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot
+			'.' must be used after {script}, like for the
+			|:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 							*:mzfile* *:mzf*
 :[range]mzf[ile] {file}	Execute the MzScheme script in {file}.

@@ -80,7 +87,7 @@ To avoid clashes with MzScheme, consider using prefix when requiring module,
 e.g.: >
 	:mzscheme (require (prefix vim- vimext))
 <
-All the examples below assume this naming scheme. 
+All the examples below assume this naming scheme.

 							*mzscheme-sandbox*
 When executed in the |sandbox|, access to some filesystem and Vim interface
--- a/runtime/doc/if_ole.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_ole.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ instance), code similar to the following should be used:
 	$vim = new Win32::OLE 'Vim.Application';

 [C#] >
-        // Add a reference to Vim in your project. 
+        // Add a reference to Vim in your project.
        // Choose the COM tab.
        // Select "Vim Ole Interface 1.1 Type Library"
 	Vim.Vim vimobj = new Vim.Vim();
--- a/runtime/doc/if_perl.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_perl.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -55,15 +55,18 @@ The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative.
 			working: >
 				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")

-:pe[rl] << {endpattern}
+:pe[rl] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Perl script {script}.
-			{endpattern} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-			If {endpattern} is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
+
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
 			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Using
 			'.' helps when inside a function, because "$i;" looks
 			like the start of an |:insert| command to Vim.
+
 			This form of the |:perl| command is mainly useful for
 			including perl code in vim scripts.
 			Note: This command doesn't work when the Perl feature
@@ -177,7 +180,7 @@ VIM::Windows([{wn}...])	With no arguments, returns a list of all the windows
 VIM::DoCommand({cmd})	Executes Ex command {cmd}.

 							*perl-Eval*
-VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list 
+VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list
 			context or just value in scalar context.
 			success=1 indicates that val contains the value of
 			{expr}; success=0 indicates a failure to evaluate
--- a/runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 04
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			the `:python` command is working: >
 				:python print "Hello"

-:[range]py[thon] << {endmarker}
+:[range]py[thon] << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Python script {script}.
@@ -42,9 +42,11 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

-{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
-omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like
-for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+
+If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 This form of the |:python| command is mainly useful for including python code
 in Vim scripts.

@@ -181,7 +183,7 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	    :py text_width = vim.eval("&tw")
 	    :
 	    :" contents of the 'a' register
-	    :py a_reg = vim.eval("@a") 
+	    :py a_reg = vim.eval("@a")
 	    :
 	    :" Result is a string! Use string.atoi() to convert to a number.
 	    :py str = vim.eval("12+12")
@@ -192,25 +194,25 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}] ~

 vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
-	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in 
-	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List| 
+	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in
+	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List|
 	or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.

 vim.strwidth(str)					*python-strwidth*
-	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab 
+	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab
 	is counted as one cell.

 vim.foreach_rtp(callable)				*python-foreach_rtp*
-	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either 
-	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there 
-	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None, 
+	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either
+	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there
+	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None,
 	vim.foreach_rtp function returns the value returned by callable.

 vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-chdir*
 vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-fchdir*
 	Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
-	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and 
-	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case 
+	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and
+	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case
 	      os.fchdir does not exist.

 Error object of the "vim" module
@@ -245,15 +247,15 @@ vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	    :py w in vim.windows	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.windows)	# Number of elements
 	    :py for w in vim.windows:	# Sequential access
-<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page. 
-	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage| 
-	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error 
-	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both 
-	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|, 
+<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page.
+	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage|
+	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error
+	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both
+	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|,
 	they will not lose their properties in this case.

 vim.tabpages						*python-tabpages*
-	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The 
+	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The
 	object supports the following operations: >
 	    :py t = vim.tabpages[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
 	    :py t in vim.tabpages	# Membership test
@@ -274,12 +276,12 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 	"current range".  A range is a bit like a buffer, but with all access
 	restricted to a subset of lines.  See |python-range| for more details.

-	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects 
-	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects 
-	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s) 
-	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to 
-	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to 
-	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering 
+	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects
+	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects
+	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s)
+	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to
+	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to
+	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering
 	autocommands use >
 	    py << EOF
 	    saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
@@ -292,12 +294,12 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 <
 vim.vars						*python-vars*
 vim.vvars						*python-vvars*
-	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and 
-	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`, 
+	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and
+	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`,
 	but faster.

 vim.options						*python-options*
-	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and 
+	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and
 	getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
 	Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
 	cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
@@ -308,7 +310,7 @@ vim.options						*python-options*
 	buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
 	window-local options.

-	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim 
+	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim
 	module.

 Output from Python					*python-output*
@@ -329,10 +331,10 @@ Output from Python					*python-output*
 		    *python2-directory* *python3-directory* *pythonx-directory*
 Python 'runtimepath' handling				*python-special-path*

-In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for 
-the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and 
-vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from 
-{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for 
+In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for
+the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and
+vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from
+{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for
 each {rtp} found in 'runtimepath'.

 Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
@@ -360,8 +362,8 @@ Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
            fmr = find_module(fullname, path)
            return load_module(fullname, *fmr)

-    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not 
-    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as 
+    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not
+    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as
    # an attribute.
    class VimPathFinder(object):
        @classmethod
@@ -384,28 +386,28 @@ Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
    sys.path_hooks.append(hook)

 vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH					*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
-	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook 
-	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to 
-	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other 
+	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook
+	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to
+	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other
 	case it uses special loader.

-	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use 
+	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use
 	      vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH object.

 vim.find_module(...)					*python-find_module*
 vim.path_hook(path)					*python-path_hook*
-	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above. 
-	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook 
-	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not 
-	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim 
+	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above.
+	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook
+	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not
+	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim
 	versions.

 vim._get_paths						*python-_get_paths*
-	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path 
-	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future 
+	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path
+	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future
 	versions, but can use it for debugging.

-	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and 
+	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and
 	{rtp}/pythonx directories for each {rtp} in 'runtimepath'.

 ==============================================================================
@@ -434,21 +436,21 @@ line numbers, which start from 1.  This is particularly relevant when dealing
 with marks (see below) which use vim line numbers.

 The buffer object attributes are:
-	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access 
+	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access
 			|buffer-variable|s.
-	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and 
-			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options 
-			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use 
-			|python-window|.options if option is window-local, 
-			this object will raise KeyError. If option is 
-			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it 
+	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and
+			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options
+			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use
+			|python-window|.options if option is window-local,
+			this object will raise KeyError. If option is
+			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it
 			will return None.
 	b.name		String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
-			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and 
+			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and
 			|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
 	b.number	Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
 			Read-only.
-	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when 
+	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when
 			corresponding buffer is wiped out.

 The buffer object methods are:
@@ -536,16 +538,16 @@ Window attributes are:
 				This is a tuple, (row,col).
 	height (read-write)	The window height, in rows
 	width (read-write)	The window width, in columns
-	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is 
-				unassignable, but you can change window 
+	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is
+				unassignable, but you can change window
 				variables this way
-	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is 
-				unassignable, but you can change window 
-				options this way. Provides access only to 
-				window-local options, for buffer-local use 
-				|python-buffer| and for global ones use 
-				|python-options|. If option is |global-local| 
-				and local value is missing getting it will 
+	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is
+				unassignable, but you can change window
+				options this way. Provides access only to
+				window-local options, for buffer-local use
+				|python-buffer| and for global ones use
+				|python-options|. If option is |global-local|
+				and local value is missing getting it will
 				return None.
 	number (read-only)	Window number.  The first window has number 1.
 				This is zero in case it cannot be determined
@@ -554,7 +556,7 @@ Window attributes are:
 	row, col (read-only)	On-screen window position in display cells.
 				First position is zero.
 	tabpage (read-only)	Window tab page.
-	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid 
+	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid
 				when corresponding window is closed.

 The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
@@ -565,21 +567,21 @@ Window object type is available using "Window" attribute of vim module.
 ==============================================================================
 6. Tab page objects					*python-tabpage*

-Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of 
+Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of
 ways:
 	- via vim.current.tabpage (|python-current|)
 	- from indexing vim.tabpages (|python-tabpages|)

-You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and 
+You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and
 no sequence or other interfaces.

 Tab page attributes are:
-	number		The tab page number like the one returned by 
+	number		The tab page number like the one returned by
 			|tabpagenr()|.
 	windows		Like |python-windows|, but for current tab page.
 	vars		The tab page |t:| variables.
 	window		Current tabpage window.
-	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when 
+	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when
 			corresponding tab page is closed.

 TabPage object type is available using "TabPage" attribute of vim module.
@@ -596,8 +598,8 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
                    zero            Variable is not locked
                    vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
                    vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
-                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning 
-                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking 
+                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning
+                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking
                   is supported.
        scope      One of
                    Value              Description ~
@@ -613,23 +615,23 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
        update(iterable), update(dictionary), update(**kwargs)
                    Adds keys to dictionary.
        get(key[, default=None])
-                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is 
+                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is
                    not present.
        pop(key[, default])
-                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return 
-                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is 
+                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return
+                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is
                    given returns the default, otherwise raises KeyError.
        popitem()
-                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value) 
+                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value)
                    pair.
        has_key(key)
-                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar 
+                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar
                    to `key in dict`.

        __new__(), __new__(iterable), __new__(dictionary), __new__(update)
-                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim 
-                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as 
-                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments 
+                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim
+                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as
+                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments
                    constructs empty dictionary.

    Examples: >
@@ -650,15 +652,15 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*

 vim.List object					*python-List*
    Sequence-like object providing access to vim |List| type.
-    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the 
+    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the
    following methods:
        Method          Description ~
        extend(item)    Add items to the list.

        __new__(), __new__(iterable)
-                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists. 
-                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as 
-                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without 
+                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists.
+                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as
+                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without
                        arguments constructs empty list.
    Examples: >
        l = vim.List("abc")		# Constructor, result: ['a', 'b', 'c']
@@ -672,24 +674,24 @@ vim.List object					*python-List*
        class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing

 vim.Function object				*python-Function*
-    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special 
-    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use 
-    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as 
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special
+    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use
+    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as
    `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.

    Attributes (read-only):
        Attribute    Description ~
        name         Function name.
-        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note 
-                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed 
-                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made 
-                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers 
-                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not 
+        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note
+                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed
+                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made
+                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers
+                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not
                     |deepcopy()|).
-        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self 
-                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when 
+        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self
+                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when
                     calling resulting object overrides this attribute.
-        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object 
+        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object
                     and stored in the Vim script dictionary should be
                     automatically rebound to the dictionary it is stored in
                     when this dictionary is indexed. Exposes Vim internal
@@ -697,11 +699,11 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
                     `function(dict.func,dict)` (auto_rebind=False). This
                     attribute makes no sense if `self` attribute is `None`.

-    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind` 
-    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs 
-    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self` 
-    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of 
-    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to 
+    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind`
+    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs
+    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self`
+    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of
+    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to
    `False`.

    Examples: >
@@ -724,7 +726,7 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
 ==============================================================================
 8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*

-To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
+To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()|
 functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to Vim script.
 |pyxeval()| is also available.

@@ -765,17 +767,28 @@ match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was compiled with.
 10. Python 3						*python3*

 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
-if the `:py3` command is working: >
-	:py3 print("Hello")
+:[range]py3 {stmt}
+:[range]py3 << [endmarker]
+{script}
+{endmarker}

-To see what version of Python you have: >
-	:py3 import sys
-	:py3 print(sys.version)
+:[range]python3 {stmt}
+:[range]python3 << [endmarker]
+{script}
+{endmarker}
+	The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A
+	simple check if the `:py3` command is working: >
+		:py3 print("Hello")
+<
+	To see what version of Python you have: >
+		:py3 import sys
+		:py3 print(sys.version)
 <							*:py3file*
-The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
+:[range]py3f[ile] {file}
+	The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
 							*:py3do*
-The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
+:[range]py3do {body}
+	The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.


 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):
--- a/runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -28,15 +28,19 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 :rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
 				:ruby print "Hello"

-:rub[y] << {endpattern}
+:rub[y] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Ruby script {script}.
-			{endpattern} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-			If {endpattern} is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
-			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  This
-			form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
+
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
+			This form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
 			including ruby code in vim scripts.
+
 			Note: This command doesn't work when the Ruby feature
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
--- a/runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			is working: >
 				:tcl puts "Hello"

-:[range]tc[l] << {endmarker}
+:[range]tc[l] << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Tcl script {script}.
@@ -38,9 +38,11 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

-{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
-omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like for
-the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+
+If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 This form of the |:tcl| command is mainly useful for including tcl code in Vim
 scripts.

--- a/runtime/doc/indent.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/indent.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 21
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 			*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting* *cino-J*
 	JN    Indent JavaScript object declarations correctly by not confusing
-	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be 
+	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be
 	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1').  If you enable this you probably also want
 	      to set |cino-j|. >

@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			that: this,
 			some: ok,
 		    },
-		    "bar":{ 
+		    "bar":{
 			a : 2,
 			b: "123abc",
 			x: 4,
@@ -812,6 +812,16 @@ Detail:
      <!-- --> : -1


+MATLAB			*ft-matlab-indent* *matlab-indent* *matlab-indenting*
+
+The setting Function indenting format in MATLAB Editor/Debugger Language
+Preferences corresponds to: >
+    :let g:MATLAB_function_indent = {0, 1 or 2 (default)}
+
+Where 0 is for Classic, 1 for Indent nested functions and 2 for Indent all
+functions.
+
+
 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*

 NOTE:	PHP files will be indented correctly only if PHP |syntax| is active.
@@ -885,7 +895,7 @@ To automatically remove '\r' characters when the 'fileformat' is set to Unix: >
 							*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
 To indent braces at the same level than the code they contain: >
    :let g:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel = 1
-    
+
 This will give the following result: >
    if ($foo)
 	{
@@ -901,7 +911,7 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 	optimizations won't be available.
 -------------

-							*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
+					*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
    :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1

@@ -928,6 +938,43 @@ You will obtain the following result: >
        ->age()
        ->info();

+-------------
+
+					*PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters*
+Extra indentation levels to add to parameters in multi-line function calls. >
+    let g:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters = 1
+
+Function call arguments will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
+
+    function call_the_thing(
+      $with_this,
+      $and_that
+    ) {
+      $this->do_the_thing(
+          $with_this,
+          $and_that
+      );
+    }
+
+-------------
+
+				*PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters*
+Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function
+definitions. >
+    let g:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 1
+
+Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space
+indentation: >
+
+    function call_the_thing(
+        $with_this,
+        $and_that
+    ) {
+      $this->do_the_thing(
+        $with_this,
+        $and_that
+      );
+    }


 PYTHON							*ft-python-indent*
--- a/runtime/doc/index.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/index.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 16
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ to look for deleting something, use: "/delete".
 5. Terminal-Job mode			|terminal-job-index|
 6. EX commands				|ex-cmd-index|

-For an overview of options see help.txt |option-list|.
+For an overview of options see |option-list|.
 For an overview of built-in functions see |functions|.
 For a list of Vim variables see |vim-variable|.
 For a complete listing of all help items see |help-tags|.
@@ -73,14 +73,14 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 				the cursor
 |i_CTRL-Q|	CTRL-Q		same as CTRL-V, unless used for terminal
 				control flow
-|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and don't auto-indent
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and fix indent.
 		CTRL-S		(used for terminal control flow)
@@ -166,7 +166,6 @@ commands in CTRL-X submode				*i_CTRL-X_index*
 |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-V|	CTRL-X CTRL-V	complete like in : command line
 |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]|	CTRL-X CTRL-]	complete tags
 |i_CTRL-X_s|		CTRL-X s	spelling suggestions
-{not available when compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature}

 commands in completion mode (see |popupmenu-keys|)

@@ -782,6 +781,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
 				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
+|gM|		gM		1  go to character at middle of the text line
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
@@ -1129,6 +1129,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.

 tag		command		action ~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|:|		:		nothing
+|:range|	:{range}	go to last line in {range}
 |:!|		:!		filter lines or execute an external command
 |:!!|		:!!		repeat last ":!" command
 |:#|		:#		same as ":number"
@@ -1592,6 +1594,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:spelldump|	:spelld[ump]	split window and fill with all correct words
 |:spellgood|	:spe[llgood]	add good word for spelling
 |:spellinfo|	:spelli[nfo]	show info about loaded spell files
+|:spellrare|	:spellra[re]	add rare word for spelling
 |:spellrepall|	:spellr[epall]	replace all bad words like last |z=|
 |:spellundo|	:spellu[ndo]	remove good or bad word
 |:spellwrong|	:spellw[rong]	add spelling mistake
--- a/runtime/doc/insert.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/insert.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 26


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ CTRL-K {char1} [char2]
 CTRL-N		Find next keyword (see |i_CTRL-N|).
 CTRL-P		Find previous keyword (see |i_CTRL-P|).

-CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
+CTRL-R {register}				*i_CTRL-R*
 		Insert the contents of a register.  Between typing CTRL-R and
 		the second character, '"' will be displayed to indicate that
 		you are expected to enter the name of a register.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
 				sequence will be broken.
 		See |registers| about registers.

-CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
+CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		Insert the contents of a register.  Works like using a single
 		CTRL-R, but the text is inserted literally, not as if typed.
 		This differs when the register contains characters like <BS>.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.

-CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
+CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
 		auto-indent.  Does the same as pasting with the mouse
 		|<MiddleMouse>|. When the register is linewise this will
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.

-CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
+CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the
 		indent, like |[<MiddleMouse>|.
 		Does not replace characters!
@@ -196,6 +196,13 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  For special keys, the
 		mapping.
 		Note: When CTRL-V is mapped (e.g., to paste text) you can
 		often use CTRL-Q instead |i_CTRL-Q|.
+		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
+		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
+		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
+
+						*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
+CTRL-SHIFT-V	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.

 						*i_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.
@@ -300,8 +307,7 @@ character is written at the end of each line.  Thus if you want to insert a

 						*i_CTRL-X* *insert_expand*
 CTRL-X enters a sub-mode where several commands can be used.  Most of these
-commands do keyword completion; see |ins-completion|.  These are not available
-when Vim was compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature.
+commands do keyword completion; see |ins-completion|.

 Two commands can be used to scroll the window up or down, without exiting
 insert mode:
@@ -609,9 +615,6 @@ In Insert and Replace mode, there are several commands to complete part of a
 keyword or line that has been typed.  This is useful if you are using
 complicated keywords (e.g., function names with capitals and underscores).

-These commands are not available when the |+insert_expand| feature was
-disabled at compile time.
-
 Completion can be done for:

 1. Whole lines						|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|
@@ -1092,7 +1095,7 @@ items:
 	menu		extra text for the popup menu, displayed after "word"
 			or "abbr"
 	info		more information about the item, can be displayed in a
-			preview window
+			preview or popup window
 	kind		single letter indicating the type of completion
 	icase		when non-zero case is to be ignored when comparing
 			items to be equal; when omitted zero is used, thus
@@ -1114,12 +1117,55 @@ items in the returned list.

 The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
 be relatively short.  The "info" item can be longer, it will  be displayed in
-the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt'.  The "info" item
-will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed.  This is
-useful for function arguments.  Use a single space for "info" to remove
-existing text in the preview window.  The size of the preview window is three
-lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
+the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt' or in a popup
+window when "popup" appears in 'completeopt'.  In the preview window the
+"info" item will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed.
+This is useful for function arguments.  Use a single space for "info" to
+remove existing text in the preview window.  The size of the preview window is
+three lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.

+						*complete-popup*
+When "popup" is in 'completeopt' a popup window is used to display the "info".
+Then the 'completepopup' option specifies the properties of the popup.  This
+is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma separated list
+of values:
+	height		maximum height of the popup
+	width		maximum width of the popup
+	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is PmenuSel)
+	align		"item" (default) or "menu"
+	border		"on" (default) or "off"
+Example: >
+	:set completepopup=height:10,width:60,highlight:InfoPopup
+
+When the "align" value is "item" then the popup is positioned close to the
+selected item.  Changing the selection will also move the popup.  When "align"
+is "menu" then the popup is aligned with the top of the menu if the menu is
+below the text, and the bottom of the menu otherwise.
+
+After the info popup is created it can be found with |popup_findinfo()| and
+properties can be changed with |popup_setoptions()|.
+
+						*complete-popuphidden*
+If the information for the popup is obtained asynchronously, use "popuphidden"
+in 'completeopt'.  The info popup will then be initially hidden and
+|popup_show()| must be called once it has been filled with the info.  This can
+be done with a |CompleteChanged| autocommand, something like this: >
+	set completeopt+=popuphidden
+	au CompleteChanged * call UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	func UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	  " Cancel any pending info fetch
+	  let item = v:event.completed_item
+	  " Start fetching info for the item then call ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	endfunc
+	func ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	  let id = popup_findinfo()
+	  if id
+	    call popup_settext(id, 'async info: ' .. a:info)
+	    call popup_show(id)
+	  endif
+	endfunc
+
+<						*complete-item-kind*
 The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion.  This
 may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
 Currently these types can be used:
--- a/runtime/doc/intro.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/intro.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 26
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 11


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multi-byte versions
 	Vince Negri		Win32 GUI and generic console enhancements
 	Steve Oualline		Author of the first Vim book |frombook|
-	Dominique Pelle		valgrind reports and many fixes
+	Dominique Pelle		Valgrind reports and many fixes
 	A.Politz		Many bug reports and some fixes
 	George V. Reilly	Win32 port, Win32 GUI start-off
 	Stephen Riehm		bug collector
@@ -508,6 +508,9 @@ the ":map" command.  The rules are:
 	   <M-a>		Meta- a  ('a' with bit 8 set)
 	   <M-A>		Meta- A  ('A' with bit 8 set)
 	   <t_kd>		"kd" termcap entry (cursor down key)
+    Although you can specify <M-{char}> with {char} being a multi-byte
+    character, Vim may not be able to know what byte sequence that is and then
+    it won't work.

 If you want to use the full <> notation in Vim, you have to make sure the '<'
 flag is excluded from 'cpoptions' (when 'compatible' is not set, it already is
--- a/runtime/doc/map.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/map.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 09


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ manual.
   1.8 Examples				|map-examples|
   1.9 Using mappings			|map-typing|
   1.10 Mapping alt-keys		|:map-alt-keys|
-   1.11 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
+   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode	|modifyOtherKeys|
+   1.12 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
 2. Abbreviations		|abbreviations|
 3. Local mappings and functions	|script-local|
 4. User-defined commands	|user-commands|
@@ -357,6 +358,8 @@ Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
 :cmap  :cnoremap  :cunmap  :cmapclear	     -	       yes	   -
 :lmap  :lnoremap  :lunmap  :lmapclear	    yes*       yes*	  yes*

+* If 'iminsert' is 1, see |language-mapping| below.
+
 The original Vi did not have separate mappings for
 Normal/Visual/Operator-pending mode and for Insert/Command-line mode.
 Therefore the ":map" and ":map!" commands enter and display mappings for
@@ -777,6 +780,9 @@ In the GUI Vim handles the Alt key itself, thus mapping keys with ALT should
 always work.  But in a terminal Vim gets a sequence of bytes and has to figure
 out whether ALT was pressed or not.

+If the terminal supports the modifyOtherKeys mode and it has been enabled,
+then Vim can recognize more key combinations, see |modifyOtherKeys| below.
+
 By default Vim assumes that pressing the ALT key sets the 8th bit of a typed
 character.  Most decent terminals can work that way, such as xterm, aterm and
 rxvt.  If your <A-k> mappings don't work it might be that the terminal is
@@ -814,7 +820,39 @@ on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
 using other applications but not when inside Vim.


-1.11 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
+1.11 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
+
+Xterm and a few other terminals can be put in a mode where keys with modifiers
+are sent with a special escape code.  Vim recognizes these codes and can then
+make a difference between CTRL-H and Backspace, even when Backspace sends the
+character 8.  And many more special keys.
+
+For xterm modifyOtherKeys is enabled in the builtin termcap entry.  If this is
+not used you can enable modifyOtherKeys with these lines in your vimrc: >
+      let &t_TI = "\<Esc>[>4;2m"
+      let &t_TE = "\<Esc>[>4;m"
+
+In case the modifyOtherKeys mode causes problems you can disable it: >
+      let &t_TI = ""
+      let &t_TE = ""
+It does not take effect immediately.  To have this work without restarting Vim
+execute a shell command, e.g.: `!ls`  Or put the lines in your |vimrc|.
+
+When modifyOtherKeys is enabled you can map <C-[> and <C-S-{>: >
+	imap <C-[> [[[
+	imap <C-S-{> {{{
+Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
+
+A known side effect effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is
+inserted after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether
+modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-V CTRL-V, if you get
+one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+
+When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
+Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
+
+
+1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*

 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
 you must create mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
--- a/runtime/doc/mbyte.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/mbyte.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Apr 28
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -943,11 +943,12 @@ To input multibyte characters on Windows, you can use an Input Method Editor
 IME many many many times.  Because IME with status on is hooking all of your
 key inputs, you cannot input 'j', 'k', or almost all of keys to Vim directly.

-This |+multi_byte_ime| feature help this.  It reduce times of switch status of
-IME manually.  In normal mode, there are almost no need working IME, even
-editing multibyte text.  So exiting insert mode with ESC, Vim memorize last
-status of IME and force turn off IME.  When re-enter insert mode, Vim revert
-IME status to that memorized automatically.
+The |+multi_byte_ime| feature helps for this.  It reduces the number of times
+the IME status has to be switched manually.  In Normal mode, there is almost
+no need to use IME, even when editing multibyte text.  So when exiting Insert
+mode, Vim memorizes the last status of IME and turns off IME.  When
+re-entering Insert mode, Vim sets the IME status to that memorized status
+automatically.

 This works on not only insert-normal mode, but also search-command input and
 replace mode.
--- a/runtime/doc/message.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/message.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 18
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 19


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -479,6 +479,9 @@ out-of-memory situation.  First make sure that any changes are saved.  Then
 try to solve the memory shortage.  To stay on the safe side, exit Vim and
 start again.

+If this happens while Vim is still initializing, editing files is very
+unlikely to work, therefore Vim will exit with value 123.
+
 Buffers are only partly kept in memory, thus editing a very large file is
 unlikely to cause an out-of-memory situation.  Undo information is completely
 in memory, you can reduce that with these options:
@@ -579,7 +582,8 @@ allowed for the command that was used.
 Vim was not able to create a swap file.  You can still edit the file, but if
 Vim unexpectedly exits the changes will be lost.  And Vim may consume a lot of
 memory when editing a big file.  You may want to change the 'directory' option
-to avoid this error.  See |swap-file|.
+to avoid this error.  This error is not given when 'directory' is empty.  See
+|swap-file|.

 							*E140*  >
  Use ! to write partial buffer
@@ -809,6 +813,8 @@ To reduce the number of hit-enter prompts:
 - Set 'cmdheight' to 2 or higher.
 - Add flags to 'shortmess'.
 - Reset 'showcmd' and/or 'ruler'.
+- Make sure `:echo` text is shorter than or equal to |v:echospace| screen
+  cells.

 If your script causes the hit-enter prompt and you don't know why, you may
 find the |v:scrollstart| variable useful.
--- a/runtime/doc/motion.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/motion.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -227,6 +227,12 @@ g^			When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank
 gm			Like "g0", but half a screenwidth to the right (or as
 			much as possible).

+							*gM*
+gM			Like "g0", but to halfway the text of the line.
+			With a count: to this percentage of text in the line.
+			Thus "10gM" is near the start of the text and "90gM"
+			is near the end of the text.
+
 							*g$* *g<End>*
 g$ or g<End>		When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of
 			the screen line and [count - 1] screen lines downward
@@ -958,6 +964,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 			- numbered marks '0 - '9
 			- last insert position '^
 			- last change position '.
+			- last affected text area '[ and ']
 			- the Visual area '< and '>
 			- line numbers in placed signs
 			- line numbers in quickfix positions
--- a/runtime/doc/options.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/options.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 27
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 06


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -496,10 +496,11 @@ to set options automatically for one or more files:

 					*modeline* *vim:* *vi:* *ex:* *E520*
 There are two forms of modelines.  The first form:
-	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}
+	[text{white}]{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}

-[text]			any text or empty
-{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+[text{white}]		empty or any text followed by at least one blank
+			character (<Space> or <Tab>); "ex:" always requires at
+			least one blank character
 {vi:|vim:|ex:}		the string "vi:", "vim:" or "ex:"
 [white]			optional white space
 {options}		a list of option settings, separated with white space
@@ -856,6 +857,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set background&
 <	Vim will guess the value.  In the GUI this should work correctly,
 	in other cases Vim might not be able to guess the right value.
+	If the GUI supports a dark theme, you can use the "d" flag in
+	'guioptions', see 'go-d'.

 	When the |t_RB| option is set, Vim will use it to request the background
 	color from the terminal.  If the returned RGB value is dark/light and
@@ -1131,6 +1134,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	v:beval_col	column number (byte index)
 	v:beval_text	word under or after the mouse pointer

+	Instead of showing a balloon, which is limited to plain text, consider
+	using a popup window, see |popup_beval_example|.  A popup window can
+	use highlighting and show a border.
+
 	The evaluation of the expression must not have side effects!
 	Example: >
    function MyBalloonExpr()
@@ -1142,8 +1149,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
    set bexpr=MyBalloonExpr()
    set ballooneval
 <
-	Also see |balloon_show()|, can be used if the content of the balloon
-	is to be fetched asynchronously.
+	Also see |balloon_show()|, it can be used if the content of the balloon
+	is to be fetched asynchronously.  In that case evaluating
+	'balloonexpr' should result in an empty string.  If you get a balloon
+	with only "0" you probably didn't return anything from your function.

 	NOTE: The balloon is displayed only if the cursor is on a text
 	character.  If the result of evaluating 'balloonexpr' is not empty,
@@ -1155,7 +1164,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.

 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
-	evaluating 'balloonexpr' |textlock|.
+	evaluating 'balloonexpr', see |textlock|.

 	To check whether line breaks in the balloon text work use this check: >
 		if has("balloon_multiline")
@@ -1187,7 +1196,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    (mostly used in |Normal-mode| or |Cmdline-mode|).
 	esc	    hitting <Esc> in |Normal-mode|.
 	ex	    In |Visual-mode|, hitting |Q| results in an error.
-	hangul	    Error occurred when using hangul input.
+	hangul	    Ignored.
 	insertmode  Pressing <Esc> in 'insertmode'.
 	lang	    Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
 	mess	    No output available for |g<|.
@@ -1434,8 +1443,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'cedit'*
 'cedit'			string	(Vi default: "", Vim default: CTRL-F)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	The key used in Command-line Mode to open the command-line window.
 	The default is CTRL-F when 'compatible' is off.
 	Only non-printable keys are allowed.
@@ -1638,8 +1645,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'cmdwinheight'* *'cwh'*
 'cmdwinheight' 'cwh'	number	(default 7)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	Number of screen lines to use for the command-line window. |cmdwin|

 						*'colorcolumn'* *'cc'*
@@ -1681,8 +1686,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'comments' 'com'	string	(default
 				"s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,n:>,fb:-")
 			local to buffer
-			{not available when compiled without the |+comments|
-			feature}
 	A comma separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
 	|format-comments|.  See |option-backslash| about using backslashes to
 	insert a space.
@@ -1864,7 +1867,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'completefunc' 'cfu'	string	(default: empty)
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
-			or |+insert_expand| features}
+			feature}
 	This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode completion
 	with CTRL-X CTRL-U. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
 	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
@@ -1872,11 +1875,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.

+						*'completeslash'* *'csl'*
+'completeslash' 'csl'	string	(default: "")
+			local to buffer
+			{only for MS-Windows}
+	When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
+	- When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
+	  completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
+	  Makefile with 'noshellslash' on Windows.
+	- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
+	  useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on Windows.
+	- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
+	  'shellslash'.
+	For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used.  For
+	command line completion the global value is used.
+
 						*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
 'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu,preview")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+insert_expand| feature}
 	A comma separated list of options for Insert mode completion
 	|ins-completion|.  The supported values are:

@@ -1898,6 +1914,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
 		    combination with "menu" or "menuone".

+	   popup    Show extra information about the currently selected
+		    completion in a popup window.  Only works in combination
+		    with "menu" or "menuone".  Overrides "preview".
+		    See |'completepopup'| for specifying properties.
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
+
+	   popuphidden
+		    Just like "popup" but initially hide the popup.  Use a
+		    |CompleteChanged| autocommand to fetch the info and call
+		    |popup_show()| once the popup has been filled.
+		    See the example at |complete-popuphidden|.
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
+
 	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
 		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
 		    "menu" or "menuone". No effect if "longest" is present.
@@ -1907,6 +1936,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    "menu" or "menuone".


+					*'completepopup'* *'cpp'*
+'completepopup' 'cpp'	string (default empty)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the |+textprop|
+			or |+quickfix| feature}
+	When 'completeopt' contains "popup" then this option is used for the
+	properties of the info popup when it is created.  You can also use
+	|popup_findinfo()| and then set properties for an existing info popup
+	with |popup_setoptions()|.  See |complete-popup|.
+
+
 						*'concealcursor'* *'cocu'*
 'concealcursor' 'cocu'	string (default: "")
 			local to window
@@ -2429,13 +2469,32 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to window
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	Highlight the screen line of the cursor with CursorLine
-	|hl-CursorLine|.  Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen
-	redrawing slower.
+	Highlight the text line of the cursor with CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
+	Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
 	When Visual mode is active the highlighting isn't used to make it
 	easier to see the selected text.


+						*'cursorlineopt'* *'culopt'*
+'cursorlineopt' 'culopt' string (default: "number,line")
+			local to window
+			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
+			feature}
+	Comma separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
+	Valid values:
+	"line"		Highlight the text line of the cursor with
+			CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
+	"screenline"	Highlight only the screen line of the cursor with
+			CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
+	"number"	Highlight the line number of the cursor with
+			CursorLineNr |hl-CursorLineNr|.
+
+	Special value:
+	"both"		Alias for the values "line,number".
+
+	"line" and "screenline" cannot be used together.
+
+
 						*'debug'*
 'debug'			string	(default "")
 			global
@@ -2533,7 +2592,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.

 						*'dip'* *'diffopt'*
-'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default "internal,filler")
+'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default "internal,filler,closeoff")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+diff|
 			feature}
@@ -2592,6 +2651,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		vertical	Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
 				explicitly specified otherwise).

+		closeoff	When a window is closed where 'diff' is set
+				and there is only one window remaining in the
+				same tab page with 'diff' set, execute
+				`:diffoff` in that window.  This undoes a
+				`:diffsplit` command.
+
 		hiddenoff	Do not use diff mode for a buffer when it
 				becomes hidden.

@@ -2642,7 +2707,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
 	  possible.
 	- Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
-	  impossible!).
+	  impossible!) and no |E303| error will be given.
 	- A directory "." means to put the swap file in the same directory as
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
@@ -2703,8 +2768,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'eadirection'* *'ead'*
 'eadirection' 'ead'	string	(default "both")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	Tells when the 'equalalways' option applies:
 		ver	vertically, width of windows is not affected
 		hor	horizontally, height of windows is not affected
@@ -2877,6 +2940,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	won't work by default.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
+	NOTE: when this option is off then the |modifyOtherKeys| functionality
+	is disabled while in Insert mode to avoid ending Insert mode with any
+	key that has a modifier.

 						*'eventignore'* *'ei'*
 'eventignore' 'ei'	string	(default "")
@@ -3140,8 +3206,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'fillchars'* *'fcs'*
 'fillchars' 'fcs'	string	(default "vert:|,fold:-")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			and |+folding| features}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
+			feature}
 	Characters to fill the statuslines and vertical separators.
 	It is a comma separated list of items:

@@ -3690,6 +3756,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*'go-c'*
 	  'c'	Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
 		choices.
+								*'go-d'*
+	  'd'	Use dark theme variant if available. Currently only works for
+		GTK+ GUI.
 								*'go-e'*
 	  'e'	Add tab pages when indicated with 'showtabline'.
 		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
@@ -3777,8 +3846,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guitablabel'* *'gtl'*
 'guitablabel' 'gtl'	string	(default empty)
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
-			with the |+windows| feature}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
 	When nonempty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty and when the result is empty Vim will use a
 	default label.  See |setting-guitablabel| for more info.
@@ -3796,8 +3864,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guitabtooltip'* *'gtt'*
 'guitabtooltip' 'gtt'	string	(default empty)
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
-			with the |+windows| feature}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
 	When nonempty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty Vim will use a default tooltip.
 	This option is otherwise just like 'guitablabel' above.
@@ -3822,8 +3889,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'helpheight'* *'hh'*
 'helpheight' 'hh'	number	(default 20)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Minimal initial height of the help window when it is opened with the
 	":help" command.  The initial height of the help window is half of the
 	current window, or (when the 'ea' option is on) the same as other
@@ -3868,6 +3933,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     "8:SpecialKey,~:EndOfBuffer,@:NonText,
 				     d:Directory,e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,
 				     l:Search,m:MoreMsg,M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,
+				     a:LineNrAbove,b:LineNrBelow,
 				     N:CursorLineNr,r:Question,s:StatusLine,
 				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,t:Title,
 				     v:Visual,V:VisualNOS,w:WarningMsg,
@@ -3899,6 +3965,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrAbove|   a  line number above the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrBelow|   b  line number below the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
 	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is
 			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
@@ -4791,9 +4861,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
 			screen.
 							*lcs-precedes*
-	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when 'wrap'
-			is off and there is text preceding the character
-			visible in the first column.
+	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first visible column of the
+			physical line, when there is text preceding the
+			character visible in the first column.
 							*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
@@ -5136,12 +5206,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 						*'mouse'* *E538*
 'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32,
-						 set to "a" in |defaults.vim|)
+					set to "a" or "nvi" in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Enable the use of the mouse.  Only works for certain terminals
-	(xterm, MS-DOS, Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with
-	sysmouse and Linux console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the
-	GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
+	Enable the use of the mouse.  Works for most terminals (xterm, MS-DOS,
+	Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with sysmouse and Linux
+	console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
 	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
 		n	Normal mode and Terminal modes
 		v	Visual mode
@@ -5152,7 +5221,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		r	for |hit-enter| and |more-prompt| prompt
 	Normally you would enable the mouse in all five modes with: >
 		:set mouse=a
-<	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
+<	If your terminal can't overrule the mouse events going to the
+	application, use: >
+		:set mouse=nvi
+<	The you can press ":", select text for the system, and press Esc to go
+	back to Vim using the mouse events.
+	In |defaults.vim| "nvi" is used if the 'term' option is not matching
+	"xterm".
+
+	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
 	modeless selection.  This doesn't move the text cursor.

 	See |mouse-using|.  Also see |'clipboard'|.
@@ -5171,6 +5248,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mouse pointer is moved to the window with keyboard focus.  Off is the
 	default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
 	a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
+	MS-Windows: Also see 'scrollfocus' for what window is scrolled when
+	using the mouse scroll whel.

 			*'mousehide'* *'mh'* *'nomousehide'* *'nomh'*
 'mousehide' 'mh'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -5207,8 +5286,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 	In the "popup" model the right mouse button produces a pop-up menu.
 	You need to define this first, see |popup-menu|.
-	In a terminal the popup menu works if Vim is compiled with the
-	|+insert_expand| option.

 	Note that you can further refine the meaning of buttons with mappings.
 	See |gui-mouse-mapping|.  But mappings are NOT used for modeless
@@ -5393,7 +5470,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'omnifunc' 'ofu'	string	(default: empty)
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
-			or |+insert_expand| features}
+			feature}
 	This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode omni
 	completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|
 	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
@@ -5622,17 +5699,28 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					*'previewheight'* *'pvh'*
 'previewheight' 'pvh'	number (default 12)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows| or
-			|+quickfix| features}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
+			feature}
 	Default height for a preview window.  Used for |:ptag| and associated
-	commands.  Used for |CTRL-W_}| when no count is given.
+	commands.  Used for |CTRL-W_}| when no count is given.  Not used when
+	'previewpopup' is set.
+
+					*'previewpopup'* *'pvp'*
+'previewpopup' 'pvp'	string (default empty)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the |+textprop|
+			or |+quickfix| feature}
+	When not empty a popup window is used for commands that would open a
+	preview window.  See |preview-popup|.
+	Not used for the insert completion info, add "popup" to
+	'completeopt' for that.

 					*'previewwindow'* *'nopreviewwindow'*
 					*'pvw'* *'nopvw'* *E590*
 'previewwindow' 'pvw'	boolean (default off)
 			local to window
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows| or
-			|+quickfix| features}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
+			feature}
 	Identifies the preview window.  Only one window can have this option
 	set.  It's normally not set directly, but by using one of the commands
 	|:ptag|, |:pedit|, etc.
@@ -5712,8 +5800,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'pumheight'* *'ph'*
 'pumheight' 'ph'	number	(default 0)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+insert_expand| feature}
 	Determines the maximum number of items to show in the popup menu for
 	Insert mode completion.  When zero as much space as available is used.
 	|ins-completion-menu|.
@@ -5721,8 +5807,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'pumwidth'* *'pw'*
 'pumwidth' 'pw'		number	(default 15)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+insert_expand| feature}
 	Determines the minimum width to use for the popup menu for Insert mode
 	completion.  |ins-completion-menu|.

@@ -6210,6 +6294,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	file.  This means that ":split | edit file" results in two windows
 	with scroll-binding, but ":split file" does not.

+			*'scrollfocus'* *'scf'* *'noscrollfocus'* *'noscf'*
+'scrollfocus' 'scf'	boolean  (default off)
+			global
+			{only for MS-Windows GUI}
+	When using the scroll wheel and this option is set, the window under
+	the mouse pointer is scrolled.  With this option off the current
+	window is scrolled.
+	Systems other than MS-Windows always behave like this option is on.
+
 						*'scrolljump'* *'sj'*
 'scrolljump' 'sj'	number	(default 1)
 			global
@@ -6381,8 +6474,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.

-	If the name of the shell contains a space, you might need to enclose
-	it in quotes or escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
+	If the name of the shell contains a space, you need to enclose it in
+	quotes and escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
 		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
 <	Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and
 	each space (to avoid ending the option value).  Also note that the
@@ -6437,10 +6530,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh" or "bash" the
-	default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	Before using the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses
-	"sh".
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+	"bash" or "fish" the default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that
+	stderr is also included.  Before using the 'shell' option a path is
+	removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
@@ -6480,13 +6573,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh", "tcsh"
-	or "zsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh" or "bash" the default becomes
-	">%s 2>&1".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	For Win32, the Unix checks are done and additionally "cmd" is checked
-	for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".  Also, the same names with
-	".exe" appended are checked for.
+	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh" or
+	"tcsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+	"bash" or "fish", the default becomes ">%s 2>&1".  This means that
+	stderr is also included.  For Win32, the Unix checks are done and
+	additionally "cmd" is checked for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".
+	Also, the same names with ".exe" appended are checked for.
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellredir' option changes automatically unless it was
@@ -6510,7 +6603,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'shellslash' only works when a backslash can be used as a path
 	separator.  To test if this is so use: >
 		if exists('+shellslash')
-<
+<	Also see 'completeslash'.
+
 			*'shelltemp'* *'stmp'* *'noshelltemp'* *'nostmp'*
 'shelltemp' 'stmp'	boolean	(Vi default off, Vim default on)
 			global
@@ -6665,7 +6759,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.

 						*'showbreak'* *'sbr'* *E595*
 'showbreak' 'sbr'	string	(default "")
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
 	String to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped.  Useful
@@ -6682,7 +6776,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that tabs after the showbreak will be displayed differently.
 	If you want the 'showbreak' to appear in between line numbers, add the
 	"n" flag to 'cpoptions'.
-
+	A window-local value overrules a global value.  If the global value is
+	set and you want no value in the current window use NONE: >
+		:setlocal showbreak=NONE
+<
 				     *'showcmd'* *'sc'* *'noshowcmd'* *'nosc'*
 'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix,
 				       Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
@@ -6749,8 +6846,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'showtabline'* *'stal'*
 'showtabline' 'stal'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	The value of this option specifies when the line with tab page labels
 	will be displayed:
 		0: never
@@ -7047,16 +7142,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'splitbelow'* *'sb'* *'nosplitbelow'* *'nosb'*
 'splitbelow' 'sb'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window below the current
 	one. |:split|

 			*'splitright'* *'spr'* *'nosplitright'* *'nospr'*
 'splitright' 'spr'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window right of the
 	current one. |:vsplit|

@@ -7164,7 +7255,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
 	      Note that there is no '%' before the closing '}'.  The
 	      expression cannot contain a '}' character, call a function to
-	      work around that.
+	      work around that.  See |stl-%{| below.
 	( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
 	      alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
 	) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
@@ -7198,13 +7289,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
 <	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
 	line is displayed.
-					*g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
-	The current buffer and current window will be set temporarily to that
-	of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is currently being drawn.
-	The expression will evaluate in this context.  The variable
-	"g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the real current
-	buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the real current
-	window.  These values are strings.
+				*stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
+	While evaluationg %{} the current buffer and current window will be
+	set temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
+	currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
+	The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
+	real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the
+	real current window.  These values are strings.

 	The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from
 	a modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
@@ -7326,6 +7417,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
+	   uselast	If included, jump to the previously used window when
+			jumping to errors with |quickfix| commands.

 						*'synmaxcol'* *'smc'*
 'synmaxcol' 'smc'	number	(default 3000)
@@ -7371,8 +7464,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'tabline'* *'tal'*
 'tabline' 'tal'		string	(default empty)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
 	line at the top of the Vim window.  When empty Vim will use a default
 	tab pages line.  See |setting-tabline| for more info.
@@ -7398,8 +7489,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'tabpagemax'* *'tpm'*
 'tabpagemax' 'tpm'	number	(default 10)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Maximum number of tab pages to be opened by the |-p| command line
 	argument or the ":tab all" command. |tabpage|

@@ -8130,8 +8219,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						Win32 and OS/2)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
-	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used
-	(nevertheless, a single change can use an unlimited amount of memory).
+	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
+	Nevertheless, a single change can already use a large amount of memory.
 	Set to 0 for Vi compatibility: One level of undo and "u" undoes
 	itself: >
 		set ul=0
@@ -8518,8 +8607,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	":map <BS> X" to make backspace delete the character in front of the
 	cursor.
 	When 'l' is included and it is used after an operator at the end of a
-	line then it will not move to the next line.  This makes "dl", "cl",
-	"yl" etc. work normally.
+	line (not an empty line) then it will not move to the next line.  This
+	makes "dl", "cl", "yl" etc. work normally.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.

@@ -8637,6 +8726,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			complete first match.
 	"list:longest"	When more than one match, list all matches and
 			complete till longest common string.
+	"list:lastused" When more than one buffer matches, sort buffers
+			by time last used (other than the current buffer).
 	When there is only a single match, it is fully completed in all cases.

 	Examples: >
@@ -8709,8 +8800,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winheight'* *'wh'* *E591*
 'winheight' 'wh'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Minimal number of lines for the current window.  This is not a hard
 	minimum, Vim will use fewer lines if there is not enough room.  If the
 	focus goes to a window that is smaller, its size is increased, at the
@@ -8731,8 +8820,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'winfixheight'* *'wfh'* *'nowinfixheight'* *'nowfh'*
 'winfixheight' 'wfh'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Keep the window height when windows are opened or closed and
 	'equalalways' is set.  Also for |CTRL-W_=|.  Set by default for the
 	|preview-window| and |quickfix-window|.
@@ -8741,8 +8828,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'winfixwidth'* *'wfw'* *'nowinfixwidth'* *'nowfw'*
 'winfixwidth' 'wfw'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Keep the window width when windows are opened or closed and
 	'equalalways' is set.  Also for |CTRL-W_=|.
 	The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.
@@ -8750,8 +8835,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winminheight'* *'wmh'*
 'winminheight' 'wmh'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	The minimal height of a window, when it's not the current window.
 	This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
 	When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero lines (i.e. just a
@@ -8765,8 +8848,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winminwidth'* *'wmw'*
 'winminwidth' 'wmw'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	The minimal width of a window, when it's not the current window.
 	This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
 	When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero columns (i.e. just
@@ -8794,8 +8875,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winwidth'* *'wiw'* *E592*
 'winwidth' 'wiw'	number	(default 20)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	Minimal number of columns for the current window.  This is not a hard
 	minimum, Vim will use fewer columns if there is not enough room.  If
 	the current window is smaller, its size is increased, at the cost of
@@ -8872,6 +8951,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
 	See |backup-table| for another explanation.
 	When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
+	Depending on 'backupcopy' the backup is a new file or the original
+	file renamed (and a new file is written).
 	NOTE: This option is set to the default value when 'compatible' is
 	set.

--- a/runtime/doc/os_390.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/os_390.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Ralf Schandl
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ There is no solution for this yet.

 - No glib/gtk support.  I have not been able to successfully compile glib on
  z/OS UNIX.  This means you'll have to live without the pretty gtk toolbar.
- 
+
 Disabled at compile time:
    - Multibyte support         (|multibyte|)
    - Right-to-left mode        (|rileft|)
--- a/runtime/doc/pattern.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pattern.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ N			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times in
 				4. the first non-blank word after the cursor,
 				   in the current line
 			Only whole keywords are searched for, like with the
-			command "/\<keyword\>".  |exclusive| 
+			command "/\<keyword\>".  |exclusive|
 			'ignorecase' is used, 'smartcase' is not.

 							*#*
--- a/runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30

 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ One may easily "bookmark" the currently browsed directory by using >
 								*.netrwbook*
 Bookmarks are retained in between sessions of vim in a file called .netrwbook
 as a |List|, which is typically stored in the first directory on the user's
-'|runtimepath|'; entries are kept in sorted order.
+|'runtimepath'|; entries are kept in sorted order.

 If there are marked files and/or directories, mb will add them to the bookmark
 list.
@@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ track netrw's browsing directory.

 However, given the default setting for g:netrw_keepdir of 1 where netrw
 maintains its own separate notion of the current directory, in order to make
-the two directories the same, use the "c" map (just type c).  That map will
+the two directories the same, use the "cd" map (type cd).  That map will
 set Vim's notion of the current directory to netrw's current browsing
 directory.

@@ -2739,7 +2739,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				=0 : show all
 				=1 : show not-hidden files
 				=2 : show hidden files only
-				 default: =0
+				 default: =1

  *g:netrw_home*		The home directory for where bookmarks and
 				history are saved (as .netrwbook and
@@ -2940,14 +2940,23 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)

 					netrwBak     : *.bak
 					netrwCompress: *.gz *.bz2 *.Z *.zip
+					netrwCoreDump: core.\d\+
 					netrwData    : *.dat
+					netrwDoc     : *.doc,*.txt,*.pdf,
+					               *.pdf,*.docx
 					netrwHdr     : *.h
+					netrwLex     : *.l *.lex
 					netrwLib     : *.a *.so *.lib *.dll
 					netrwMakefile: [mM]akefile *.mak
 					netrwObj     : *.o *.obj
+					netrwPix     : *.bmp,*.fit,*.fits,*.gif,
+					               *.jpg,*.jpeg,*.pcx,*.ppc
+					               *.pgm,*.png,*.psd,*.rgb
+					               *.tif,*.xbm,*.xcf
 					netrwTags    : tags ANmenu ANtags
 					netrwTilde   : *
 					netrwTmp     : tmp* *tmp
+					netrwYacc    : *.y

 				In addition, those groups mentioned in
 				|'suffixes'| are also added to the special
@@ -3032,8 +3041,9 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				current netrw buffer's window to be used for
 				the new window.
 				 If g:netrw_winsize is less than zero, then
-				the absolute value of g:netrw_winsize lines
-				or columns will be used for the new window.
+				the absolute value of g:netrw_winsize will be
+				used to specify the quantity of lines or
+				columns for the new window.
 				 If g:netrw_winsize is zero, then a normal
 				split will be made (ie. |'equalalways'| will
 				take effect, for example).
@@ -3371,7 +3381,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	(This section is likely to grow as I get feedback)
 	(also see |netrw-debug|)
 								*netrw-p1*
-	P1. I use windows 95, and my ftp dumps four blank lines at the
+	P1. I use windows 95, and my ftp dumps four blank lines at the      {{{2
 	    end of every read.

 		See |netrw-fixup|, and put the following into your
@@ -3380,7 +3390,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			let g:netrw_win95ftp= 1

 								*netrw-p2*
-	P2. I use Windows, and my network browsing with ftp doesn't sort by
+	P2. I use Windows, and my network browsing with ftp doesn't sort by {{{2
 	    time or size!  -or-  The remote system is a Windows server; why
 	    don't I get sorts by time or size?

@@ -3407,7 +3417,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >


 								*netrw-p3*
-	P3. I tried rcp://user@host/ (or protocol other than ftp) and netrw
+	P3. I tried rcp://user@host/ (or protocol other than ftp) and netrw {{{2
 	    used ssh!  That wasn't what I asked for...

 		Netrw has two methods for browsing remote directories: ssh
@@ -3416,7 +3426,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		listing), netrw will use the given protocol to do so.

 								*netrw-p4*
-	P4. I would like long listings to be the default.
+	P4. I would like long listings to be the default.                   {{{2

 		Put the following statement into your |.vimrc|: >

@@ -3426,7 +3436,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		you can set.

 								*netrw-p5*
-	P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing
+	P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing                        {{{2

 		Does your system's strftime() accept the "%c" to yield dates
 		such as "Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997"?  If not, do a
@@ -3436,7 +3446,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			let g:netrw_timefmt= "%X"  (where X is the option)
 <
 								*netrw-p6*
-	P6. I want my current directory to track my browsing.
+	P6. I want my current directory to track my browsing.               {{{2
 	    How do I do that?

 	    Put the following line in your |.vimrc|:
@@ -3444,8 +3454,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		let g:netrw_keepdir= 0
 <
 								*netrw-p7*
-	P7. I use Chinese (or other non-ascii) characters in my filenames, and
-	    netrw (Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, etc) doesn't display them!
+	P7. I use Chinese (or other non-ascii) characters in my filenames,  {{{2
+	    and netrw (Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, etc) doesn't display them!

 		(taken from an answer provided by Wu Yongwei on the vim
 		mailing list)
@@ -3459,7 +3469,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		(...it is one more reason to recommend that people use utf-8!)

 								*netrw-p8*
-	P8. I'm getting "ssh is not executable on your system" -- what do I
+	P8. I'm getting "ssh is not executable on your system" -- what do I {{{2
 	    do?

 		(Dudley Fox) Most people I know use putty for windows ssh.  It
@@ -3542,7 +3552,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		default.

 						*netrw-p9* *netrw-ml_get*
-	P9. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang!  ml_get errors
+	P9. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang!  ml_get errors      {{{2
 	    appear and I have to kill vim.  Any way around this?

 		Normally netrw attempts to avoid writing swapfiles for
@@ -3553,7 +3563,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
 <
 								*netrw-p10*
-	P10. I'm being pestered with "[something] is a directory" and
+	P10. I'm being pestered with "[something] is a directory" and       {{{2
 	     "Press ENTER or type command to continue" prompts...

 		The "[something] is a directory" prompt is issued by Vim,
@@ -3564,8 +3574,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		your <.vimrc> file.

 								*netrw-p11*
-	P11. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my editing
-	     window on the right.  How may I accomplish this?
+	P11. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my      {{{2
+	     editing window on the right.  How may I accomplish this?

 	     You probably want netrw running as in a side window.  If so, you
 	     will likely find that ":[N]Lexplore" does what you want.  The
@@ -3590,7 +3600,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >


 								*netrw-p12*
-	P12. My directory isn't sorting correctly, or unwanted letters are
+	P12. My directory isn't sorting correctly, or unwanted letters are  {{{2
 	     appearing in the listed filenames, or things aren't lining
 	     up properly in the wide listing, ...

@@ -3600,9 +3610,9 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     You may need to change |g:netrw_sepchr| and/or |g:netrw_xstrlen|.

 								*netrw-p13*
-	P13. I'm a Windows + putty + ssh user, and when I attempt to browse,
-	     the directories are missing trailing "/"s so netrw treats them
-	     as file transfers instead of as attempts to browse
+	P13. I'm a Windows + putty + ssh user, and when I attempt to        {{{2
+	     browse, the directories are missing trailing "/"s so netrw treats
+	     them as file transfers instead of as attempts to browse
 	     subdirectories.  How may I fix this?

 	     (mikeyao) If you want to use vim via ssh and putty under Windows,
@@ -3621,7 +3631,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	    "let g:netrw_scp_cmd = "d:\\dev\\putty\\PSCP.exe"
 <
 								*netrw-p14*
-	P14. I would like to speed up writes using Nwrite and scp/ssh
+	P14. I would like to speed up writes using Nwrite and scp/ssh       {{{2
 	     style connections.  How?  (Thomer M. Gil)

 	     Try using ssh's ControlMaster and ControlPath (see the ssh_config
@@ -3648,8 +3658,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		vim scp://host.domain.com//home/user/.bashrc
 <
 								*netrw-p15*
-	P15. How may I use a double-click instead of netrw's usual single click
-	     to open a file or directory?  (Ben Fritz)
+	P15. How may I use a double-click instead of netrw's usual single   {{{2
+	     click to open a file or directory?  (Ben Fritz)

 	     First, disable netrw's mapping with >
 		    let g:netrw_mousemaps= 0
@@ -3661,7 +3671,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     (see |g:netrw_mousemaps|)

 								*netrw-p16*
-	P16. When editing remote files (ex. :e ftp://hostname/path/file),
+	P16. When editing remote files (ex. :e ftp://hostname/path/file),   {{{2
 	     under Windows I get an |E303| message complaining that its unable
 	     to open a swap file.

@@ -3670,7 +3680,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     directory.

 								*netrw-p17*
-	P17. Netrw is closing buffers on its own.
+	P17. Netrw is closing buffers on its own.                           {{{2
 	     What steps will reproduce the problem?
 		1. :Explore, navigate directories, open a file
 		2. :Explore, open another file
@@ -3684,14 +3694,14 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		    a ":ls!" will show them (although ":ls" does not).

 								*netrw-P18*
-	P18. How to locally edit a file that's only available via
+	P18. How to locally edit a file that's only available via           {{{2
 	     another server accessible via ssh?
 	     See http://stackoverflow.com/questions/12469645/
 	     "Using Vim to Remotely Edit A File on ServerB Only
 	      Accessible From ServerA"

 								*netrw-P19*
-	P19. How do I get numbering on in directory listings?
+	P19. How do I get numbering on in directory listings?               {{{2
 		With |g:netrw_bufsettings|, you can control netrw's buffer
 		settings; try putting >
 		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nu nobl nowrap ro nornu"
@@ -3700,7 +3710,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nonu nobl nowrap ro rnu"
 <
 								*netrw-P20*
-	P20. How may I have gvim start up showing a directory listing?
+	P20. How may I have gvim start up showing a directory listing?      {{{2
 		Try putting the following code snippet into your .vimrc: >
 		    augroup VimStartup
 		      au!
@@ -3713,8 +3723,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		(ie. a "huge" vim version).

 								*netrw-P21*
-	P21. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character, but
-		netrw isn't letting me enter that directory/read that file:
+	P21. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character,    {{{2
+		but netrw isn't letting me enter that directory/read that file:

 		Its likely that the shell or o/s is using a different encoding
 		than you have vim (netrw) using.  A patch to vim supporting
@@ -3724,7 +3734,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			au FileType netrw set enc=latin1
 <
 								*netrw-P22*
-	P22. I get an error message when I try to copy or move a file:
+	P22. I get an error message when I try to copy or move a file:      {{{2

 		**error** (netrw) tried using g:netrw_localcopycmd<cp>; it doesn't work!

@@ -3832,6 +3842,30 @@ netrw:
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1

+	v167:	Nov 29, 2019	* netrw does a save&restore on @* and @+.
+				  That causes problems with the clipboard.
+				  Now restores occurs only if @* or @+ have
+				  been changed.
+				* netrw will change @* or @+ less often.
+				  Never if I happen to have caught all the
+				  operations that modify the unnamed
+				  register (which also writes @*).
+				* Modified hiding behavior so that "s"
+				  will not ignore hiding.
+	v166:	Nov 06, 2019	* Removed a space from a nmap for "-"
+				* Numerous debugging statement changes
+	v163:	Dec 05, 2017	* (Cristi Balan) reported that a setting ('sel')
+				  was left changed
+				* (Holger Mitschke) reported a problem with
+				  saving and restoring history.  Fixed.
+				* Hopefully I fixed a nasty bug that caused a
+				  file rename to wipe out a buffer that it
+				  should not have wiped out.
+				* (Holger Mitschke) amended this help file
+				  with additional |g:netrw_special_syntax|
+				  items
+				* Prioritized wget over curl for
+				  g:netrw_http_cmd
 	v162:	Sep 19, 2016	* (haya14busa) pointed out two syntax errors
 				  with a patch; these are now fixed.
 		Oct 26, 2016	* I started using mate-terminal and found that
@@ -4265,4 +4299,4 @@ netrw:

 ==============================================================================
 Modelines: {{{1
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker
--- a/runtime/doc/popup.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/popup.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar


-Displaying text in a floating window.			*popup* *popup-window*
+Displaying text in a floating window.	*popup* *popup-window* *popupwin*


 1. Introduction			|popup-intro|
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Displaying text in a floating window.			*popup* *popup-window*
 3. Usage			|popup-usage|
   popup_create() arguments	|popup_create-arguments|
   Popup text properties	|popup-props|
+   Position popup with textprop	|popup-textprop-pos|
   Popup filter			|popup-filter|
   Popup callback		|popup-callback|
   Popup scrollbar		|popup-scrollbar|
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ Displaying text in a floating window.			*popup* *popup-window*
 4. Examples			|popup-examples|


-{not available if the |+textprop| feature was disabled at compile time}
+{not available if the |+popupwin| feature was disabled at compile time}

 ==============================================================================
 1. Introduction						*popup-intro*
@@ -124,7 +125,9 @@ is always associated with the popup window and manipulation is restricted:
 It is possible to change the specifically mentioned options, but anything
 might break then, so better leave them alone.

-The window does have a cursor position, but the cursor is not displayed.
+The window does have a cursor position, but the cursor is not displayed.  In
+fact, the cursor in the underlying window is displayed, as if it peeks through
+the popup, so you can see where it is.

 To execute a command in the context of the popup window and buffer use
 `win_execute()`.  Example: >
@@ -134,9 +137,7 @@ Options can be set on the window with `setwinvar()`, e.g.: >
 	call setwinvar(winid, '&wrap', 0)
 And options can be set on the buffer with `setbufvar()`, e.g.: >
 	call setbufvar(winbufnr(winid), '&filetype', 'java')
-Note that this does not trigger autocommands.  Use `win_execute()` if you do
-need them.
-
+You can also use `win_execute()` with a ":setlocal" command.


 ==============================================================================
@@ -170,6 +171,7 @@ Filter functions:
 Other:
 	|popup_getoptions()|	get current options for a popup
 	|popup_getpos()|	get actual position and size of a popup
+	|popup_locate()|	find popup window at a screen position


 DETAILS						*popup-function-details*
@@ -177,29 +179,36 @@ DETAILS						*popup-function-details*
 popup_atcursor({what}, {options})			*popup_atcursor()*
 		Show the {what} above the cursor, and close it when the cursor
 		moves.  This works like: >
-			call popup_create({what}, {
-				\ 'pos': 'botleft',
-				\ 'line': 'cursor-1',
-				\ 'col': 'cursor',
-				\ 'moved': 'WORD',
+			call popup_create({what}, #{
+				\ pos: 'botleft',
+				\ line: 'cursor-1',
+				\ col: 'cursor',
+				\ moved: 'WORD',
 				\ })
 <		Use {options} to change the properties.
+		If "pos" is passed as "topleft" then the default for "line"
+		becomes "cursor+1".
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_atcursor({})


 popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
 		Show the {what} above the position from 'ballooneval' and
 		close it when the mouse moves.  This works like: >
 		  let pos = screenpos(v:beval_winnr, v:beval_lnum, v:beval_col)
-		  call popup_create({what}, {
-			\ 'pos': 'botleft',
-			\ 'line': pos.row - 1,
-			\ 'col': pos.col,
-			\ 'mousemoved': 'WORD',
+		  call popup_create({what}, #{
+			\ pos: 'botleft',
+			\ line: pos.row - 1,
+			\ col: pos.col,
+			\ mousemoved: 'WORD',
 			\ })
 <		Use {options} to change the properties.
-		See |popup_beval_example| for an example use.
-
+		See |popup_beval_example| for an example.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_beval({})
+<
 							*popup_clear()*
 popup_clear()	Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
 		windows for the current tab and global popups.
@@ -214,6 +223,8 @@ popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
 		it will be passed as the second argument of the callback.
 		Otherwise zero is passed to the callback.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_close()

 popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 		Open a popup window showing {what}, which is either:
@@ -236,26 +247,31 @@ popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 			call setbufline(bufnr, 2, 'second line')
 <		In case of failure zero is returned.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_create({})

 popup_dialog({what}, {options})				*popup_dialog()*
 		Just like |popup_create()| but with these default options: >
-			call popup_create({what}, {
-				\ 'pos': 'center',
-				\ 'zindex': 200,
-				\ 'drag': 1,
-				\ 'border': [],
-				\ 'padding': [],
+			call popup_create({what}, #{
+				\ pos: 'center',
+				\ zindex: 200,
+				\ drag: 1,
+				\ border: [],
+				\ padding: [],
+				\ mapping: 0,
 				\})
 <		Use {options} to change the properties. E.g. add a 'filter'
 		option with value 'popup_filter_yesno'.  Example: >
-			call popup_create('do you want to quit (Yes/no)?', {
-				\ 'filter': 'popup_filter_yesno',
-				\ 'callback': 'QuitCallback',
+			call popup_create('do you want to quit (Yes/no)?', #{
+				\ filter: 'popup_filter_yesno',
+				\ callback: 'QuitCallback',
 				\ })

 <		By default the dialog can be dragged, so that text below it
 		can be read if needed.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_dialog({})

 popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_menu()*
 		Filter that can be used for a popup. These keys can be used:
@@ -287,6 +303,20 @@ popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_yesno()*
 		See the example here: |popup_dialog-example|


+popup_findinfo()					*popup_findinfo()*
+		Get the |window-ID| for the popup info window, as it used by
+		the popup menu.  See |complete-popup|.  The info popup is
+		hidden when not used, it can be deleted with |popup_clear()|
+		and |popup_close()|.  Use |popup_show()| to reposition it to
+		the item in the popup menu.
+		Returns zero if there is none.
+
+
+popup_findpreview()					*popup_findpreview()*
+		Get the |window-ID| for the popup preview window.
+		Return zero if there is none.
+
+
 popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		Return the {options} for popup {id} in a Dict.
 		A zero value means the option was not set.  For "zindex" the
@@ -298,19 +328,28 @@ popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		The "mousemoved" entry is a list with screen row, minimum and
 		maximum screen column, [0, 0, 0] when not set.

+		"firstline" is the property set on the popup, unlike the
+		"firstline" obtained with |popup_getpos()| which is the actual
+		buffer line at the top of the popup window.
+
 		"border" and "padding" are not included when all values are
 		zero.  When all values are one then an empty list is included.

 		"borderhighlight" is not included when all values are empty.
-		"scrollbarhighlight" and "thumbhighlight" are onlu included
+		"scrollbarhighlight" and "thumbhighlight" are only included
 		when set.

 		"tabpage" will be -1 for a global popup, zero for a popup on
 		the current tabpage and a positive number for a popup on
 		another tabpage.

+		"textprop", "textpropid" and "textpropwin" are only present
+		when "textprop" was set.
+
 		If popup window {id} is not found an empty Dict is returned.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_getoptions()

 popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 		Return the position and size of popup {id}.  Returns a Dict
@@ -324,6 +363,9 @@ popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 		    core_width	width of the text box in screen cells
 		    core_height	height of the text box in screen cells
 		    firstline	line of the buffer at top (1 unless scrolled)
+				(not the value of the "firstline" property)
+		    lastline	line of the buffer at the bottom (updated when
+				the popup is redrawn)
 		    scrollbar	non-zero if a scrollbar is displayed
 		    visible	one if the popup is displayed, zero if hidden
 		Note that these are the actual screen positions.  They differ
@@ -334,6 +376,8 @@ popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*

 		If popup window {id} is not found an empty Dict is returned.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_getpos()

 popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		If {id} is a displayed popup, hide it now. If the popup has a
@@ -342,27 +386,47 @@ popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		If window {id} does not exist nothing happens.  If window {id}
 		exists but is not a popup window an error is given. *E993*

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_hide()
+
+popup_locate({row}, {col})				 *popup_locate()*
+		Return the |window-ID| of the popup at screen position {row}
+		and {col}.  If there are multiple popups the one with the
+		highest zindex is returned.  If there are no popups at this
+		position then zero is returned.
+

 popup_menu({what}, {options})				 *popup_menu()*
 		Show the {what} near the cursor, handle selecting one of the
 		items with cursorkeys, and close it an item is selected with
 		Space or Enter. {what} should have multiple lines to make this
 		useful.  This works like: >
-			call popup_create({what}, {
-				\ 'pos': 'center',
-				\ 'zindex': 200,
-				\ 'drag': 1,
-				\ 'wrap': 0,
-				\ 'border': [],
-				\ 'padding': [],
-				\ 'filter': 'popup_filter_menu',
+			call popup_create({what}, #{
+				\ pos: 'center',
+				\ zindex: 200,
+				\ drag: 1,
+				\ wrap: 0,
+				\ border: [],
+				\ cursorline: 1,
+				\ padding: [0,1,0,1],
+				\ filter: 'popup_filter_menu',
+				\ mapping: 0,
 				\ })
 <		The current line is highlighted with a match using
 		"PopupSelected", or "PmenuSel" if that is not defined.

 		Use {options} to change the properties.  Should at least set
 		"callback" to a function that handles the selected item.
+		Example: >
+			func ColorSelected(id, result)
+			   " use a:result
+			endfunc
+			call popup_menu(['red', 'green', 'blue'], #{
+				\ callback: 'ColorSelected',
+				\ })

+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChoices()->popup_menu({})

 popup_move({id}, {options})					*popup_move()*
 		Move popup {id} to the position specified with {options}.
@@ -379,37 +443,43 @@ popup_move({id}, {options})					*popup_move()*
 		For {id} see `popup_hide()`.
 		For other options see |popup_setoptions()|.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_move(options)

 popup_notification({what}, {options})			 *popup_notification()*
 		Show the {what} for 3 seconds at the top of the Vim window.
 		This works like: >
-			call popup_create({what}, {
-				\ 'line': 1,
-				\ 'col': 10,
-				\ 'minwidth': 20,
-				\ 'time': 3000,
-				\ 'tabpage': -1,
-				\ 'zindex': 300,
-				\ 'drag': 1,
-				\ 'highlight': 'WarningMsg',
-				\ 'border': [],
-				\ 'close': 'click',
-				\ 'padding': [0,1,0,1],
+			call popup_create({what}, #{
+				\ line: 1,
+				\ col: 10,
+				\ minwidth: 20,
+				\ time: 3000,
+				\ tabpage: -1,
+				\ zindex: 300,
+				\ drag: 1,
+				\ highlight: 'WarningMsg',
+				\ border: [],
+				\ close: 'click',
+				\ padding: [0,1,0,1],
 				\ })
 <		The PopupNotification highlight group is used instead of
 		WarningMsg if it is defined.

-		Without the |+timers| feature the poup will not disappear
+		Without the |+timers| feature the popup will not disappear
 		automatically, the user has to click in it.

 		The position will be adjusted to avoid overlap with other
 		notifications.
 		Use {options} to change the properties.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_notification({})

 popup_show({id})						*popup_show()*
 		If {id} is a hidden popup, show it now.
 		For {id} see `popup_hide()`.
+		If {id} is the info popup it will be positioned next to the
+		current popup menu item.


 popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
@@ -420,14 +490,17 @@ popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
 			borderhighlight
 			callback
 			close
+			cursorline
 			drag
 			filter
 			firstline
 			flip
 			highlight
+			mapping
 			mask
 			moved
 			padding
+			resize
 			scrollbar
 			scrollbarhighlight
 			thumbhighlight
@@ -439,13 +512,18 @@ popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
 		For "hidden" use |popup_hide()| and |popup_show()|.
 		"tabpage" cannot be changed.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_setoptions(options)
+
 popup_settext({id}, {text})				*popup_settext()*
-		Set the text of the buffer in poup win {id}. {text} is the
+		Set the text of the buffer in popup win {id}. {text} is the
 		same as supplied to |popup_create()|, except that a buffer
 		number is not allowed.
 		Does not change the window size or position, other than caused
 		by the different text.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_settext('hello')

 ==============================================================================
 3. Usage						*popup-usage*
@@ -466,23 +544,44 @@ properties.  It is in one of four forms:
 			dictionary with a "col" entry, see below:
 			|popup-props|.

+If you want to create a new buffer yourself use |bufadd()| and pass the buffer
+number to popup_create().
+It is not possible to use the buffer of a terminal window. *E278*
+
 The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	line		Screen line where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor", "cursor+1" or "cursor-1" to use
 			the line of the cursor and add or subtract a number of
 			lines.  If omitted the popup is vertically centered.
 			The first line is 1.
+			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
+			text property and can be negative.
 	col		Screen column where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor" to use the column of the cursor,
 			"cursor+9" or "cursor-9" to add or subtract a number
 			of columns.  If omitted the popup is horizontally
 			centered.  The first column is 1.
+			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
+			text property and can be negative.
 	pos		"topleft", "topright", "botleft" or "botright":
 			defines what corner of the popup "line" and "col" are
 			used for.  When not set "topleft" is used.
 			Alternatively "center" can be used to position the
 			popup in the center of the Vim window, in which case
 			"line" and "col" are ignored.
+	posinvert	When FALSE the value of "pos" is always used.  When
+			TRUE (the default) and the popup does not fit
+			vertically and there is more space on the other side
+			then the popup is placed on the other side of the
+			position indicated by "line".
+	textprop	When present the popup is positioned next to a text
+			property with this name and will move when the text
+			property moves.  Use an empty string to remove.  See
+			|popup-textprop-pos|.
+	textpropwin	What window to search for the text property.  When
+			omitted or invalid the current window is used.
+	textpropid	Used to identify the text property when "textprop" is
+			present. Use zero to reset.
 	fixed		When FALSE (the default), and:
 			 - "pos" is "botleft" or "topleft", and
 			 - "wrap" is off, and
@@ -501,13 +600,14 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			padding.
 	minheight	Minimum height of the contents, excluding border and
 			padding.
-	maxwidth	Maximum width of the contents, excluding border and
-			padding.
-	minwidth	Minimum width of the contents, excluding border and
-			padding.
+	maxwidth	Maximum width of the contents, excluding border,
+			padding and scrollbar.
+	minwidth	Minimum width of the contents, excluding border,
+			padding and scrollbar.
 	firstline	First buffer line to display.  When larger than one it
 			looks like the text scrolled up.  When out of range
 			the last buffer line will at the top of the window.
+			Set to zero to leave the position as set by commands.
 			Also see "scrollbar".
 	hidden		When TRUE the popup exists but is not displayed; use
 			`popup_show()` to unhide it.
@@ -524,10 +624,13 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			start and end as padding.
 	wrap		TRUE to make the lines wrap (default TRUE).
 	drag		TRUE to allow the popup to be dragged with the mouse
-			by grabbing at at the border.  Has no effect if the
+			by grabbing at the border.  Has no effect if the
 			popup does not have a border. As soon as dragging
 			starts and "pos" is "center" it is changed to
 			"topleft".
+	resize		TRUE to allow the popup to be resized with the mouse
+			by grabbing at the bottom right corner.  Has no effect
+			if the popup does not have a border.
 	close		When "button" an X is displayed in the top-right, on
 			top of any border, padding or text.  When clicked on
 			the X the popup will close.  Any callback is invoked
@@ -588,10 +691,37 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			- "expr": if the cursor moved outside |<cexpr>|
 			- [{start}, {end}]: if the cursor moved before column
 			  {start} or after {end}
+			- [{lnum}, {start}, {end}]: if the cursor moved away
+			  from line {lnum}, before column {start} or after
+			  {end}
+			- [0, 0, 0] do not close the popup when the cursor
+			  moves
 			The popup also closes if the cursor moves to another
 			line or to another window.
+	mousemoved	Like "moved" but referring to the mouse pointer
+			position
+	cursorline	non-zero: Highlight the cursor line. Also scrolls the
+				  text to show this line (only works properly
+				  when 'wrap' is off).
+			zero: 	  Do not highlight the cursor line.
+			Default is zero, except for |popup_menu()|.
 	filter		A callback that can filter typed characters, see
 			|popup-filter|.
+	mapping		Allow for key mapping.  When FALSE and the popup is
+			visible and has a filter callback key mapping is
+			disabled.  Default value is TRUE.
+	filtermode	In which modes the filter is used (same flags as with
+			|hasmapto()| plus "a"):
+				n	Normal mode
+				v	Visual and Select mode
+				x	Visual mode
+				s	Select mode
+				o	Operator-pending mode
+				i	Insert mode
+				l	Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
+				c	Command-line mode
+				a	all modes
+			The default value is "a".
 	callback	A callback that is called when the popup closes, e.g.
 			when using |popup_filter_menu()|, see |popup-callback|.

@@ -624,6 +754,72 @@ So we get:
 			|prop_type_add()|


+POSITION POPUP WITH TEXTPROP				*popup-textprop-pos*
+
+Positioning a popup next to a text property causes the popup to move when text
+is inserted or deleted.  The popup functions like a tooltip.
+
+These steps are needed to make this work:
+
+- Define a text property type, it defines the name. >
+	call prop_type_add('popupMarker', {})
+
+- Place a text property at the desired text: >
+	let lnum = {line of the text}
+	let col = {start column of the text}
+	let len = {length of the text}
+	let propId = {arbitrary but unique number}
+	call prop_add(lnum, col, #{
+		\ length: len,
+		\ type: 'popupMarker',
+		\ id: propId,
+		\ })
+
+- Create a popup: >
+	let winid = popup_create('the text', #{
+		\ pos: 'botleft',
+		\ textprop: 'popupMarker',
+		\ textpropid: propId,
+		\ border: [],
+		\ padding: [0,1,0,1],
+		\ close: 'click',
+		\ })
+
+By default the popup is positioned at the corner of the text, opposite of the
+"pos" specified for the popup.  Thus when the popup uses "botleft", the
+bottom-left corner of the popup is positioned next to the top-right corner of
+the text property:
+			  +----------+
+			  | the text |
+			  +----------+
+	just some PROPERTY as an example
+
+Here the text property is on "PROPERTY".  Move the popup to the left by
+passing a negative "col" value to popup_create().  With "col: -5" you get:
+
+		     +----------+
+		     | the text |
+		     +----------+
+	just some PROPERTY as an example
+
+If the text property moves out of view then the popup will be hidden.
+If the window for which the popup was defined is closed, the popup is closed.
+
+If the popup cannot fit in the desired position, it may show at a nearby
+position.
+
+Some hints:
+- To avoid collision with other plugins the text property type name has to be
+  unique.  You can also use the "bufnr" item to make it local to a buffer.
+- You can leave out the text property ID if there is only ever one text
+  property visible.
+- The popup may be in the way of what the user is doing, making it close with
+  a click, as in the example above, helps for that.
+- If the text property is removed the popup is closed.  Use something like
+  this: >
+	call prop_remove(#{type: 'popupMarker', id: propId})
+
+
 POPUP FILTER						*popup-filter*

 A callback that gets any typed keys while a popup is displayed.  The filter is
@@ -648,17 +844,26 @@ key as a string, e.g.: >
 	  endif
 	  return 0
 	endfunc
+<							*popup-filter-mode*
+The "filtermode" property can be used to specify in what mode the filter is
+invoked.  The default is "a": all modes.  When using "nvi" Command-line mode
+is not included, so that any command typed on the command line is not
+filtered.  However, to get to Command-line mode the filter must not consume
+":".  Just like it must not consume "v" to allow for entering Visual mode.

-Currently the key is what results after any mapping.  This may change...
+							*popup-mapping*
+Normally the key is what results after any mapping, since the keys pass on as
+normal input if the filter does not use it.  If the filter consumes all the
+keys, set the "mapping" property to zero so that mappings do not get in the
+way.  This is default for |popup_menu()| and |popup_dialog()|.

-Some common key actions:
+Some recommended key actions:
 	x		close the popup (see note below)
 	cursor keys	select another entry
 	Tab		accept current suggestion

-A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates are in
-v:mouse_popup_col and v:mouse_popup_row.  The top-left screen cell of the
-popup is col 1, row 1 (not counting the border).
+A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates can be obtained with
+|getmousepos()|.

 Vim provides standard filters |popup_filter_menu()| and
 |popup_filter_yesno()|.
@@ -680,6 +885,11 @@ the second argument of `popup_close()`.
 If the popup is force-closed, e.g. because the cursor moved or CTRL-C was
 pressed, the number -1 is passed to the callback.

+Example: >
+	func SelectedColor(id, result)
+	   echo 'choice made: ' .. a:result
+	endfunc
+

 POPUP SCROLLBAR						*popup-scrollbar*

@@ -687,9 +897,9 @@ If the text does not fit in the popup a scrollbar is displayed on the right of
 the window.  This can be disabled by setting the "scrollbar" option to zero.
 When the scrollbar is displayed mouse scroll events, while the mouse pointer
 is on the popup, will cause the text to scroll up or down as you would expect.
-A click in the upper halve of the scrollbar will scroll the text one line
-down.  A click in the lower halve wil scroll the text one line up.  However,
-this is limited so that the popup does not get smaller.
+A click in the upper half of the scrollbar will scroll the text down one line.
+A click in the lower half will scroll the text up one line.  However, this is
+limited so that the popup does not get smaller.


 POPUP MASK						*popup-mask*
@@ -701,7 +911,7 @@ list has four numbers:
 		leftmost, negative for counting from the right, -1 for
 		rightmost
    endcol	last column, like "col"
-    line	start line, positive for conting from the top, 1 for top,
+    line	start line, positive for counting from the top, 1 for top,
 		negative for counting from the bottom, -1 for bottom
    endline	end line, like "line"

@@ -724,17 +934,17 @@ Prompt the user to press y/Y or n/N: >
 	   endif
 	endfunc

-	call popup_dialog('Continue? y/n', {
-		\ 'filter': 'popup_filter_yesno',
-		\ 'callback': 'MyDialogHandler',
+	call popup_dialog('Continue? y/n', #{
+		\ filter: 'popup_filter_yesno',
+		\ callback: 'MyDialogHandler',
 		\ })
 <
 					*popup_menu-shortcut-example*
 Extend popup_filter_menu() with shortcut keys: >

-	call popup_menu(['Save', 'Cancel', 'Discard'], {
-		\ 'filter': 'MyMenuFilter',
-		\ 'callback': 'MyMenuHandler',
+	call popup_menu(['Save', 'Cancel', 'Discard'], #{
+		\ filter: 'MyMenuFilter',
+		\ callback: 'MyMenuHandler',
 		\ })

 	func MyMenuFilter(id, key)
@@ -773,7 +983,7 @@ Example for using a popup window for 'ballooneval': >
 	    endif
 	    call popup_close(s:winid)
 	  endif
-	  let s:winid = popup_beval(v:beval_text, {'mousemoved': 'word'})
+	  let s:winid = popup_beval(v:beval_text, #{mousemoved: 'word'})
 	  let s:last_text = v:beval_text
 	  return ''
 	endfunc
@@ -797,14 +1007,14 @@ this example simulated with a timer callback: >
 	    call popup_close(s:winid)
 	    let s:winid = 0
 	  endif
-	  " simulate an asynchronous loopup for the text to display
+	  " simulate an asynchronous lookup for the text to display
 	  let s:balloonText = v:beval_text
 	  call timer_start(100, 'ShowPopup')
 	  return ''
 	endfunc

 	func ShowPopup(id)
-	  let s:winid = popup_beval(s:balloonText, {'mousemoved': 'word'})
+	  let s:winid = popup_beval(s:balloonText, #{mousemoved: 'word'})
 	endfunc
 <

--- a/runtime/doc/quickfix.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/quickfix.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 							*:cex* *:cexpr* *E777*
 :cex[pr][!] {expr}	Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr} and
 			jump to the first error.
-			If {expr} is a String, then each new-line terminated
+			If {expr} is a String, then each newline terminated
 			line in the String is processed using the global value
 			of 'errorformat' and the result is added to the
 			quickfix list.
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				etc.
 <			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
 			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected execution stops.
+			When going to the next entry fails execution stops.
 			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
 			the current buffer.
 			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
@@ -650,9 +650,9 @@ You can use CTRL-W <Enter> to open a new window and jump to the error there.

 When the quickfix window has been filled, two autocommand events are
 triggered.  First the 'filetype' option is set to "qf", which triggers the
-FileType event.  Then the BufReadPost event is triggered, using "quickfix" for
-the buffer name.  This can be used to perform some action on the listed
-errors.  Example: >
+FileType event (also see |qf.vim|).  Then the BufReadPost event is triggered,
+using "quickfix" for the buffer name.  This can be used to perform some action
+on the listed errors.  Example: >
 	au BufReadPost quickfix  setlocal modifiable
 		\ | silent exe 'g/^/s//\=line(".")." "/'
 		\ | setlocal nomodifiable
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ id-utils) in a similar way to its compiler integration (see |:make| above).
 			allowed with |:bufdo|.
 			An example that uses the argument list and avoids
 			errors for files without matches: >
-                                :silent argdo try 
+                                :silent argdo try
 				  \ | grepadd! something %
 				  \ | catch /E480:/
 				  \ | endtry"
@@ -1352,6 +1352,9 @@ replaced with SOH (0x01).
 Note: By default the difference between upper and lowercase is ignored.  If
 you want to match case, add "\C" to the pattern |/\C|.

+Vim will read lines of any length, but only the first 4095 bytes are used, the
+rest is ignored.  Items can only be 1023 bytes long.
+

 Basic items

--- a/runtime/doc/quickref.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/quickref.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 31
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 |g$|	N  g$		to last character in screen line (differs from "$"
 			   when lines wrap)
 |gm|	   gm		to middle of the screen line
+|gM|	   gM		to middle of the line
 |bar|	N  |		to column N (default: 1)
 |f|	N  f{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the right
 |F|	N  F{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the left
@@ -291,7 +292,7 @@ moving around:
 |i_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		  insert previously inserted text
 |i_CTRL-@|	CTRL-@		  insert previously inserted text and stop
 				     Insert mode
-|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z%#:.-="}  insert the contents of a register
+|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register} insert the contents of a register

 |i_CTRL-N|	CTRL-N		  insert next match of identifier before the
 				     cursor
@@ -626,7 +627,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'bioskey'	  'biosk'   MS-DOS: use bios calls for input characters
 'bomb'			    prepend a Byte Order Mark to the file
 'breakat'	  'brk'     characters that may cause a line break
-'breakindent'	  'bri'     wrapped line repeats indent 
+'breakindent'	  'bri'     wrapped line repeats indent
 'breakindentopt'  'briopt'  settings for 'breakindent'
 'browsedir'	  'bsdir'   which directory to start browsing in
 'bufhidden'	  'bh'	    what to do when buffer is no longer in window
@@ -651,6 +652,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'complete'	  'cpt'     specify how Insert mode completion works
 'completefunc'	  'cfu'     function to be used for Insert mode completion
 'completeopt'	  'cot'     options for Insert mode completion
+'completepopup'	  'cpp'     options for the Insert mode completion info popup
+'completeslash'	  'csl'	    like 'shellslash' for completion
 'concealcursor'	  'cocu'    whether concealable text is hidden in cursor line
 'conceallevel'	  'cole'    whether concealable text is shown or hidden
 'confirm'	  'cf'	    ask what to do about unsaved/read-only files
@@ -668,6 +671,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cursorbind'	  'crb'     move cursor in window as it moves in other windows
 'cursorcolumn'	  'cuc'	    highlight the screen column of the cursor
 'cursorline'	  'cul'	    highlight the screen line of the cursor
+'cursorlineopt'	  'culopt'  settings for 'cursorline'
 'debug'			    set to "msg" to see all error messages
 'define'	  'def'     pattern to be used to find a macro definition
 'delcombine'	  'deco'    delete combining characters on their own
@@ -829,6 +833,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'perldll'		    name of the Perl dynamic library
 'preserveindent'  'pi'	    preserve the indent structure when reindenting
 'previewheight'   'pvh'     height of the preview window
+'previewpopup'    'pvp'     use popup window for preview
 'previewwindow'   'pvw'     identifies the preview window
 'printdevice'	  'pdev'    name of the printer to be used for :hardcopy
 'printencoding'   'penc'    encoding to be used for printing
@@ -864,6 +869,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'runtimepath'	  'rtp'     list of directories used for runtime files
 'scroll'	  'scr'     lines to scroll with CTRL-U and CTRL-D
 'scrollbind'	  'scb'     scroll in window as other windows scroll
+'scrollfocus'	  'scf'     scroll wheel applies to window under pointer
 'scrolljump'	  'sj'	    minimum number of lines to scroll
 'scrolloff'	  'so'	    minimum nr. of lines above and below cursor
 'scrollopt'	  'sbo'     how 'scrollbind' should behave
@@ -1073,8 +1079,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 				      three digits)
 |c_CTRL-K|	CTRL-K {char1} {char2}
 				   enter digraph (See |Q_di|)
-|c_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=}
-				   insert the contents of a register
+|c_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}  insert the contents of a register

 |c_<Left>|	<Left>/<Right>	   cursor left/right
 |c_<S-Left>|	<S-Left>/<S-Right> cursor one word left/right
--- a/runtime/doc/repeat.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/repeat.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 14
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The default for [range] is the whole buffer (1,$).  Use "CTRL-C" to interrupt
 the command.  If an error message is given for a line, the command for that
 line is aborted and the global command continues with the next marked or
 unmarked line.
-								*E147* 
+								*E147*
 When the command is used recursively, it only works on one line.  Giving a
 range is then not allowed. This is useful to find all lines that match a
 pattern and do not match another pattern: >
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			Read Ex commands from {file} in each directory given
 			by 'runtimepath' and/or 'packpath'.  There is no error
 			for non-existing files.
-			
+
 			Example: >
 				:runtime syntax/c.vim

@@ -219,10 +219,10 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.

 			When {file} contains wildcards it is expanded to all
 			matching files.  Example: >
-				:runtime! plugin/*.vim
+				:runtime! plugin/**/*.vim
 <			This is what Vim uses to load the plugin files when
 			starting up.  This similar command: >
-				:runtime plugin/*.vim
+				:runtime plugin/**/*.vim
 <			would source the first file only.

 			When 'verbose' is one or higher, there is a message
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 						*:packl* *:packloadall*
 :packl[oadall][!]	Load all packages in the "start" directory under each
 			entry in 'packpath'.
-			
+
 			First all the directories found are added to
 			'runtimepath', then the plugins found in the
 			directories are sourced.  This allows for a plugin to
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ When Vim starts up, after processing your .vimrc, it scans all directories in
 directories are added to 'runtimepath'.  Then all the plugins are loaded.
 See |packload-two-steps| for how these two steps can be useful.

-In the example Vim will find "pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim" and adds 
+In the example Vim will find "pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim" and adds
 "~/.vim/pack/foo/start/foobar" to 'runtimepath'.

 If the "foobar" plugin kicks in and sets the 'filetype' to "some", Vim will
--- a/runtime/doc/sign.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/sign.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 04
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Sign Support Features				*sign-support*

 1. Introduction				|sign-intro|
 2. Commands				|sign-commands|
+3. Functions				|sign-functions-details|

 {only available when compiled with the |+signs| feature}

@@ -47,8 +48,8 @@ When signs are defined for a file, Vim will automatically add a column of two
 characters to display them in.  When the last sign is unplaced the column
 disappears again.  This behavior can be changed with the 'signcolumn' option.

-The color of the column is set with the SignColumn group |hl-SignColumn|.
-Example to set the color: >
+The color of the column is set with the SignColumn highlight group
+|hl-SignColumn|.  Example to set the color: >

 	:highlight SignColumn guibg=darkgrey
 <
@@ -70,6 +71,10 @@ placed in the named group. The sign identifier is unique within a group. The
 sign group allows Vim plugins to use unique signs without interfering with
 other plugins using signs.

+To place a sign in a popup window the group name must start with "PopUp".
+Other signs will not show in a popup window.  The group name "PopUpMenu" is
+used by popup windows where 'cursorline' is set.
+
 							*sign-priority*
 Each placed sign is assigned a priority value. When multiple signs are placed
 on the same line, the attributes of the sign with the highest priority is used
@@ -344,4 +349,380 @@ See |sign_jump()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
 		Same but jump to the sign in group {group}


+==============================================================================
+3. Functions					*sign-functions-details*
+
+sign_define({name} [, {dict}])				*sign_define()*
+sign_define({list})
+		Define a new sign named {name} or modify the attributes of an
+		existing sign.  This is similar to the |:sign-define| command.
+
+		Prefix {name} with a unique text to avoid name collisions.
+		There is no {group} like with placing signs.
+
+		The {name} can be a String or a Number.  The optional {dict}
+		argument specifies the sign attributes.  The following values
+		are supported:
+		   icon		full path to the bitmap file for the sign.
+		   linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
+				sign is placed in.
+		   text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
+				or the GUI is not being used.
+		   texthl	highlight group used for the text item
+
+		If the sign named {name} already exists, then the attributes
+		of the sign are updated.
+
+		The one argument {list} can be used to define a list of signs.
+		Each list item is a dictionary with the above items in {dict}
+		and a "name" item for the sign name.
+
+		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  When the one argument
+		{list} is used, then returns a List of values one for each
+		defined sign.
+
+		Examples: >
+			call sign_define("mySign", {
+				\ "text" : "=>",
+				\ "texthl" : "Error",
+				\ "linehl" : "Search"})
+			call sign_define([
+				\ {'name' : 'sign1',
+				\  'text' : '=>'},
+				\ {'name' : 'sign2',
+				\  'text' : '!!'}
+				\ ])
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignList()->sign_define()
+
+sign_getdefined([{name}])				*sign_getdefined()*
+		Get a list of defined signs and their attributes.
+		This is similar to the |:sign-list| command.
+
+		If the {name} is not supplied, then a list of all the defined
+		signs is returned. Otherwise the attribute of the specified
+		sign is returned.
+
+		Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
+		following entries:
+		   icon		full path to the bitmap file of the sign
+		   linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
+				sign is placed in.
+		   name		name of the sign
+		   text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
+				or the GUI is not being used.
+		   texthl	highlight group used for the text item
+
+		Returns an empty List if there are no signs and when {name} is
+		not found.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Get a list of all the defined signs
+			echo sign_getdefined()
+
+			" Get the attribute of the sign named mySign
+			echo sign_getdefined("mySign")
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignList()->sign_getdefined()
+
+sign_getplaced([{expr} [, {dict}]])			*sign_getplaced()*
+		Return a list of signs placed in a buffer or all the buffers.
+		This is similar to the |:sign-place-list| command.
+
+		If the optional buffer name {expr} is specified, then only the
+		list of signs placed in that buffer is returned.  For the use
+		of {expr}, see |bufname()|. The optional {dict} can contain
+		the following entries:
+		   group	select only signs in this group
+		   id		select sign with this identifier
+		   lnum		select signs placed in this line. For the use
+				of {lnum}, see |line()|.
+		If {group} is '*', then signs in all the groups including the
+		global group are returned. If {group} is not supplied or is an
+		empty string, then only signs in the global group are
+		returned.  If no arguments are supplied, then signs in the
+		global group placed in all the buffers are returned.
+		See |sign-group|.
+
+		Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
+		following entries:
+			bufnr	number of the buffer with the sign
+			signs	list of signs placed in {bufnr}. Each list
+				item is a dictionary with the below listed
+				entries
+
+		The dictionary for each sign contains the following entries:
+			group	sign group. Set to '' for the global group.
+			id	identifier of the sign
+			lnum	line number where the sign is placed
+			name	name of the defined sign
+			priority	sign priority
+
+		The returned signs in a buffer are ordered by their line
+		number and priority.
+
+		Returns an empty list on failure or if there are no placed
+		signs.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Get a List of signs placed in eval.c in the
+			" global group
+			echo sign_getplaced("eval.c")
+
+			" Get a List of signs in group 'g1' placed in eval.c
+			echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'group' : 'g1'})
+
+			" Get a List of signs placed at line 10 in eval.c
+			echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'lnum' : 10})
+
+			" Get sign with identifier 10 placed in a.py
+			echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'id' : 10})
+
+			" Get sign with id 20 in group 'g1' placed in a.py
+			echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'group' : 'g1',
+							\  'id' : 20})
+
+			" Get a List of all the placed signs
+			echo sign_getplaced()
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufname()->sign_getplaced()
+<
+							*sign_jump()*
+sign_jump({id}, {group}, {expr})
+		Open the buffer {expr} or jump to the window that contains
+		{expr} and position the cursor at sign {id} in group {group}.
+		This is similar to the |:sign-jump| command.
+
+		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|.
+
+		Returns the line number of the sign. Returns -1 if the
+		arguments are invalid.
+
+		Example: >
+			" Jump to sign 10 in the current buffer
+			call sign_jump(10, '', '')
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignid()->sign_jump()
+<
+							*sign_place()*
+sign_place({id}, {group}, {name}, {expr} [, {dict}])
+		Place the sign defined as {name} at line {lnum} in file or
+		buffer {expr} and assign {id} and {group} to sign.  This is
+		similar to the |:sign-place| command.
+
+		If the sign identifier {id} is zero, then a new identifier is
+		allocated.  Otherwise the specified number is used. {group} is
+		the sign group name. To use the global sign group, use an
+		empty string.  {group} functions as a namespace for {id}, thus
+		two groups can use the same IDs. Refer to |sign-identifier|
+		and |sign-group| for more information.
+
+		{name} refers to a defined sign.
+		{expr} refers to a buffer name or number. For the accepted
+		values, see |bufname()|.
+
+		The optional {dict} argument supports the following entries:
+			lnum		line number in the file or buffer
+					{expr} where the sign is to be placed.
+					For the accepted values, see |line()|.
+			priority	priority of the sign. See
+					|sign-priority| for more information.
+
+		If the optional {dict} is not specified, then it modifies the
+		placed sign {id} in group {group} to use the defined sign
+		{name}.
+
+		Returns the sign identifier on success and -1 on failure.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Place a sign named sign1 with id 5 at line 20 in
+			" buffer json.c
+			call sign_place(5, '', 'sign1', 'json.c',
+							\ {'lnum' : 20})
+
+			" Updates sign 5 in buffer json.c to use sign2
+			call sign_place(5, '', 'sign2', 'json.c')
+
+			" Place a sign named sign3 at line 30 in
+			" buffer json.c with a new identifier
+			let id = sign_place(0, '', 'sign3', 'json.c',
+							\ {'lnum' : 30})
+
+			" Place a sign named sign4 with id 10 in group 'g3'
+			" at line 40 in buffer json.c with priority 90
+			call sign_place(10, 'g3', 'sign4', 'json.c',
+					\ {'lnum' : 40, 'priority' : 90})
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignid()->sign_place(group, name, expr)
+<
+							*sign_placelist()*
+sign_placelist({list})
+		Place one or more signs.  This is similar to the
+		|sign_place()| function.  The {list} argument specifies the
+		List of signs to place. Each list item is a dict with the
+		following sign attributes:
+		    buffer	buffer name or number. For the accepted
+				values, see |bufname()|.
+		    group	sign group. {group} functions as a namespace
+				for {id}, thus two groups can use the same
+				IDs. If not specified or set to an empty
+				string, then the global group is used.   See
+				|sign-group| for more information.
+		    id		sign identifier. If not specified or zero,
+				then a new unique identifier is allocated.
+				Otherwise the specified number is used. See
+				|sign-identifier| for more information.
+		    lnum	line number in the buffer {expr} where the
+				sign is to be placed. For the accepted values,
+				see |line()|.
+		    name	name of the sign to place. See |sign_define()|
+		    		for more information.
+		    priority	priority of the sign. When multiple signs are
+				placed on a line, the sign with the highest
+				priority is used. If not specified, the
+				default value of 10 is used. See
+				|sign-priority| for more information.
+
+		If {id} refers to an existing sign, then the existing sign is
+		modified to use the specified {name} and/or {priority}.
+
+		Returns a List of sign identifiers. If failed to place a
+		sign, the corresponding list item is set to -1.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Place sign s1 with id 5 at line 20 and id 10 at line
+			" 30 in buffer a.c
+			let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
+				\ {'id' : 5,
+				\  'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 20},
+				\ {'id' : 10,
+				\  'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 30}
+				\ ])
+
+			" Place sign s1 in buffer a.c at line 40 and 50
+			" with auto-generated identifiers
+			let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
+				\ {'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 40},
+				\ {'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 50}
+				\ ])
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_placelist()
+
+sign_undefine([{name}])					*sign_undefine()*
+sign_undefine({list})
+		Deletes a previously defined sign {name}. This is similar to
+		the |:sign-undefine| command. If {name} is not supplied, then
+		deletes all the defined signs.
+
+		The one argument {list} can be used to undefine a list of
+		signs. Each list item is the name of a sign.
+
+		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  For the one argument
+		{list} call, returns a list of values one for each undefined
+		sign.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Delete a sign named mySign
+			call sign_undefine("mySign")
+
+			" Delete signs 'sign1' and 'sign2'
+			call sign_undefine(["sign1", "sign2"])
+
+			" Delete all the signs
+			call sign_undefine()
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_undefine()
+
+sign_unplace({group} [, {dict}])			*sign_unplace()*
+		Remove a previously placed sign in one or more buffers.  This
+		is similar to the |:sign-unplace| command.
+
+		{group} is the sign group name. To use the global sign group,
+		use an empty string.  If {group} is set to '*', then all the
+		groups including the global group are used.
+		The signs in {group} are selected based on the entries in
+		{dict}.  The following optional entries in {dict} are
+		supported:
+			buffer	buffer name or number. See |bufname()|.
+			id	sign identifier
+		If {dict} is not supplied, then all the signs in {group} are
+		removed.
+
+		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Remove sign 10 from buffer a.vim
+			call sign_unplace('', {'buffer' : "a.vim", 'id' : 10})
+
+			" Remove sign 20 in group 'g1' from buffer 3
+			call sign_unplace('g1', {'buffer' : 3, 'id' : 20})
+
+			" Remove all the signs in group 'g2' from buffer 10
+			call sign_unplace('g2', {'buffer' : 10})
+
+			" Remove sign 30 in group 'g3' from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('g3', {'id' : 30})
+
+			" Remove all the signs placed in buffer 5
+			call sign_unplace('*', {'buffer' : 5})
+
+			" Remove the signs in group 'g4' from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('g4')
+
+			" Remove sign 40 from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('*', {'id' : 40})
+
+			" Remove all the placed signs from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('*')
+
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSigngroup()->sign_unplace()
+<
+sign_unplacelist({list})				*sign_unplacelist()*
+		Remove previously placed signs from one or more buffers.  This
+		is similar to the |sign_unplace()| function.
+
+		The {list} argument specifies the List of signs to remove.
+		Each list item is a dict with the following sign attributes:
+		    buffer	buffer name or number. For the accepted
+				values, see |bufname()|. If not specified,
+				then the specified sign is removed from all
+				the buffers.
+		    group	sign group name. If not specified or set to an
+				empty string, then the global sign group is
+				used. If set to '*', then all the groups
+				including the global group are used.
+		    id		sign identifier. If not specified, then all
+				the signs in the specified group are removed.
+
+		Returns a List where an entry is set to 0 if the corresponding
+		sign was successfully removed or -1 on failure.
+
+		Example: >
+			" Remove sign with id 10 from buffer a.vim and sign
+			" with id 20 from buffer b.vim
+			call sign_unplacelist([
+				\ {'id' : 10, 'buffer' : "a.vim"},
+				\ {'id' : 20, 'buffer' : 'b.vim'},
+				\ ])
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_unplacelist()
+<
+
 vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/spell.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/spell.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -121,6 +121,23 @@ zuG			Undo |zW| and |zG|, remove the word from the internal
 :spellw[rong]! {word}	Add {word} as a wrong (bad) word to the internal word
 			list, like with |zW|.

+							*:spellra* *:spellrare*
+:[count]spellr[are] {word}
+			Add {word} as a rare word to 'spellfile', similar to
+			|zw|.  Without count the first name is used, with
+			a count of two the second entry, etc.
+
+			There are no normal mode commands to mark words as
+			rare as this is a fairly uncommon command and all
+			intuitive commands for this are already taken. If you
+			want you can add mappings with e.g.: >
+		nnoremap z?  :exe ':spellrare  ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+		nnoremap z/  :exe ':spellrare! ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+<			|:spellundo|, |zuw|, or |zuW| can be used to undo this.
+
+:spellr[rare]! {word}	Add {word} as a rare word to the internal word
+			list, similar to |zW|.
+
 :[count]spellu[ndo] {word}				*:spellu* *:spellundo*
 			Like |zuw|.  [count] used as with |:spellgood|.

--- a/runtime/doc/starting.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/starting.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 30


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		This can be used to find out where time is spent while loading
 		your .vimrc, plugins and opening the first file.
 		When {fname} already exists new messages are appended.
-		(Only available when compiled with the |+startuptime|
-		feature).
+		{only available when compiled with the |+startuptime|
+		feature}

 							*--literal*
 --literal	Take file names literally, don't expand wildcards.  Not needed
@@ -311,10 +311,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 -l		Lisp mode.  Sets the 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options on.

 							*-A*
-A		Arabic mode.  Sets the 'arabic' option on.  (Only when
+-A		Arabic mode.  Sets the 'arabic' option on.  {only when
 		compiled with the |+arabic| features (which include
 		|+rightleft|), otherwise Vim gives an error message
-		and exits.)
+		and exits}

 							*-F*
 -F		This was used for Farsi mode, which has been removed.
@@ -322,8 +322,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.

 							*-H*
 -H		Hebrew mode.  Sets the 'hkmap' and 'rightleft' options on.
-		(Only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise
-		Vim gives an error message and exits.)
+		{only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise
+		Vim gives an error message and exits}

 							*-V* *verbose*
 -V[N]		Verbose.  Sets the 'verbose' option to [N] (default: 10).
@@ -1189,6 +1189,8 @@ greps in the help files) you might be able to use this: >

 	VIMRUNTIME=`vim -e -T dumb --cmd 'exe "set t_cm=\<C-M>"|echo $VIMRUNTIME|quit' | tr -d '\015' `

+Don't set $VIMRUNTIME to an empty value, some things may stop working.
+
 ==============================================================================
 6. Suspending						*suspend*

--- a/runtime/doc/syntax.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/syntax.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 13
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
 the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|).  Usually this works just
 fine.  If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
 directory where the Vim stuff is located.  For example, if your syntax files
-are in the "/usr/vim/vim50/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
-"/usr/vim/vim50".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
+are in the "/usr/vim/vim81/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
+"/usr/vim/vim81".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
 This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
 will start soon.  See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.

@@ -476,6 +476,16 @@ conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
 script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
 specifying each command separately.

+				    *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
+When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
+as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
+current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
+have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
+differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
+your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
+
+	hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
+<
 							 *g:html_number_lines*
 Default: current 'number' setting.
 When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
@@ -507,8 +517,8 @@ For example: >
 <
 							      *g:html_use_css*
 Default: 1.
-When 1, generate valid HTML 4.01 markup with CSS1 styling, supported in all
-modern browsers and most old browsers.
+When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
+browsers and many old browsers.
 When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
 recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
 forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
@@ -580,23 +590,43 @@ affected in this way as follows:
 Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
 	:let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
 <
-This feature is currently implemented by inserting read-only <input> elements
-into the markup to contain the uncopyable areas. This does not work well in
-all cases. When pasting to some applications which understand HTML, the
-<input> elements also get pasted. But plain-text paste destinations should
-always work.
+The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
+of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
+
+						    *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
+Default: "fallback"
+If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
+
+When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
+uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
+selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
+pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
+invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
+Note: this method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
+browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
+
+When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
+older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
+<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
+to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
+number of browsers, both old and new.
+
+When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
+generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
+Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
+the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
+standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.

 							   *g:html_no_invalid*
 Default: 0.
-When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, an invalid attribute is
-intentionally inserted into the <input> element for the uncopyable areas. This
-increases the number of applications you can paste to without also pasting the
-<input> elements. Specifically, Microsoft Word will not paste the <input>
-elements if they contain this invalid attribute.
-When 1, no invalid markup is ever intentionally inserted, and the generated
-page should validate. However, be careful pasting into Microsoft Word when
-|g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty; it can be hard to get rid of the <input>
-elements which get pasted.
+When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
+not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
+element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
+in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
+paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
+invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
+<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
+remove afterward.

 							 *g:html_hover_unfold*
 Default: 0.
@@ -936,10 +966,12 @@ Basic.
 C							*c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*

 A few things in C highlighting are optional.  To enable them assign any value
-to the respective variable.  Example: >
+(including zero) to the respective variable.  Example: >
 	:let c_comment_strings = 1
-To disable them use ":unlet".  Example: >
+	:let c_no_bracket_error = 0
+To disable them use `:unlet`.  Example: >
 	:unlet c_comment_strings
+Setting the value to zero doesn't work!

 An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
 	:set filetype=cpp
@@ -955,8 +987,8 @@ Variable		Highlight ~
 				except { and } in first column
 				Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
 				can't spot a missing ")".
-*c_curly_error*		highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
-			start of the file, can be slow
+*c_curly_error*		highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
+			forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
 *c_no_ansi*		don't do standard ANSI types and constants
 *c_ansi_typedefs*		 ... but do standard ANSI types
 *c_ansi_constants*	 ... but do standard ANSI constants
@@ -1158,6 +1190,26 @@ startup vimrc: >
   :let filetype_w = "cweb"


+DART						*dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
+
+Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
+used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications.  Dart uses
+a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
+from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
+
+More information about the language and its development environment at the
+official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
+
+dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
+type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
+and comments.  There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
+framework.
+
+Changes, fixes?  Submit an issue or pull request via:
+
+https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
+
+
 DESKTOP					   *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*

 Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
@@ -1349,26 +1401,26 @@ to your startup file.

 EUPHORIA	    *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*

-Two syntax highlighting files exists for Euphoria. One for Euphoria 
-version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for 
+Two syntax highlighting files exists for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
+version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
 Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.

-Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary 
-for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4 
+Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
+for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.

-The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type: 
-    
+The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
+
 	*.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
 	*.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW

-To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for 
+To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
 auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
 add the following line to your startup file: >

 	:let filetype_euphoria="euphoria3"

-	or 
+	or

 	:let filetype_euphoria="euphoria4"

@@ -1746,7 +1798,7 @@ There are several html preprocessor languages out there.  html.vim has been
 written such that it should be trivial to include it.  To do so add the
 following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
 (the example comes from the asp.vim file):
-
+>
    runtime! syntax/html.vim
    syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp

@@ -1923,6 +1975,16 @@ displayed line.  The default value is 10.  The disadvantage of using a larger
 number is that redrawing can become slow.


+JSON						*json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
+
+The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
+default. To disable concealment: >
+	let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
+
+To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
+	let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
+
+
 LACE						*lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*

 Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
@@ -2623,7 +2685,6 @@ preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
 Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
      1 above with anything.

-
 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*

 The Quake syntax definition should work for most any FPS (First Person
@@ -2712,10 +2773,10 @@ To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
 To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
 `rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
 	let rst_syntax_code_list = {
-		\ 'cpp' = ['cpp', 'c++'],
-                \ 'bash' = ['bash', 'sh'],
+		\ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
+		\ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
 		...
-	}
+	\ }

 To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
 	let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
@@ -3476,26 +3537,26 @@ It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
 YAML						*yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*

 					*g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
-A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving 
-non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on 
-plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string 
-and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point, 
-integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values 
+A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
+non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
+plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
+and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
+integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
 will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are

 Schema		Description ~
 failsafe	No additional highlighting.
 json		Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
 core		Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
-pyyaml		In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps, 
-		but there are some differences in what is recognized as 
-		numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core 
+pyyaml		In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
+		but there are some differences in what is recognized as
+		numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
 		schema.

 Default schema is `core`.

-Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the 
-only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only 
+Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
+only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
 difference defined in the syntax file.


@@ -3597,7 +3658,7 @@ SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING				*:syn-iskeyword*

 	clear:		Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
 			buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
-	{option}        Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value. 
+	{option}        Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.

 	Example: >
  :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
@@ -5042,8 +5103,15 @@ IncSearch	'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
 							*hl-LineNr*
 LineNr		Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
 		or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+							*hl-LineNrAbove*
+LineNrAbove	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
+		option is set, above the cursor line.
+							*hl-LineNrBelow*
+LineNrBelow	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
+		option is set, below the cursor line.
 							*hl-CursorLineNr*
-CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is set for
+CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt' is
+		set to "number" or "both", or 'relativenumber' is set, for
 		the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
--- a/runtime/doc/tags
+++ b/runtime/doc/tags
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 !	change.txt	/*!*
 !!	change.txt	/*!!*
 #	pattern.txt	/*#*
+#{}	eval.txt	/*#{}*
 $	motion.txt	/*$*
 $HOME	options.txt	/*$HOME*
 $HOME-use	version5.txt	/*$HOME-use*
@@ -149,6 +150,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'complete'	options.txt	/*'complete'*
 'completefunc'	options.txt	/*'completefunc'*
 'completeopt'	options.txt	/*'completeopt'*
+'completepopup'	options.txt	/*'completepopup'*
+'completeslash'	options.txt	/*'completeslash'*
 'concealcursor'	options.txt	/*'concealcursor'*
 'conceallevel'	options.txt	/*'conceallevel'*
 'confirm'	options.txt	/*'confirm'*
@@ -159,6 +162,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'cp'	options.txt	/*'cp'*
 'cpo'	options.txt	/*'cpo'*
 'cpoptions'	options.txt	/*'cpoptions'*
+'cpp'	options.txt	/*'cpp'*
 'cpt'	options.txt	/*'cpt'*
 'crb'	options.txt	/*'crb'*
 'cryptmethod'	options.txt	/*'cryptmethod'*
@@ -169,6 +173,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'cscopetag'	options.txt	/*'cscopetag'*
 'cscopetagorder'	options.txt	/*'cscopetagorder'*
 'cscopeverbose'	options.txt	/*'cscopeverbose'*
+'csl'	options.txt	/*'csl'*
 'cspc'	options.txt	/*'cspc'*
 'csprg'	options.txt	/*'csprg'*
 'csqf'	options.txt	/*'csqf'*
@@ -178,9 +183,11 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'csverb'	options.txt	/*'csverb'*
 'cuc'	options.txt	/*'cuc'*
 'cul'	options.txt	/*'cul'*
+'culopt'	options.txt	/*'culopt'*
 'cursorbind'	options.txt	/*'cursorbind'*
 'cursorcolumn'	options.txt	/*'cursorcolumn'*
 'cursorline'	options.txt	/*'cursorline'*
+'cursorlineopt'	options.txt	/*'cursorlineopt'*
 'cwh'	options.txt	/*'cwh'*
 'debug'	options.txt	/*'debug'*
 'deco'	options.txt	/*'deco'*
@@ -305,6 +312,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'go-a'	options.txt	/*'go-a'*
 'go-b'	options.txt	/*'go-b'*
 'go-c'	options.txt	/*'go-c'*
+'go-d'	options.txt	/*'go-d'*
 'go-e'	options.txt	/*'go-e'*
 'go-f'	options.txt	/*'go-f'*
 'go-g'	options.txt	/*'go-g'*
@@ -655,7 +663,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'nosb'	options.txt	/*'nosb'*
 'nosc'	options.txt	/*'nosc'*
 'noscb'	options.txt	/*'noscb'*
+'noscf'	options.txt	/*'noscf'*
 'noscrollbind'	options.txt	/*'noscrollbind'*
+'noscrollfocus'	options.txt	/*'noscrollfocus'*
 'noscs'	options.txt	/*'noscs'*
 'nosecure'	options.txt	/*'nosecure'*
 'nosft'	options.txt	/*'nosft'*
@@ -775,6 +785,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'pp'	options.txt	/*'pp'*
 'preserveindent'	options.txt	/*'preserveindent'*
 'previewheight'	options.txt	/*'previewheight'*
+'previewpopup'	options.txt	/*'previewpopup'*
 'previewwindow'	options.txt	/*'previewwindow'*
 'printdevice'	options.txt	/*'printdevice'*
 'printencoding'	options.txt	/*'printencoding'*
@@ -789,6 +800,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'pumheight'	options.txt	/*'pumheight'*
 'pumwidth'	options.txt	/*'pumwidth'*
 'pvh'	options.txt	/*'pvh'*
+'pvp'	options.txt	/*'pvp'*
 'pvw'	options.txt	/*'pvw'*
 'pw'	options.txt	/*'pw'*
 'pythondll'	options.txt	/*'pythondll'*
@@ -833,10 +845,12 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'sbr'	options.txt	/*'sbr'*
 'sc'	options.txt	/*'sc'*
 'scb'	options.txt	/*'scb'*
+'scf'	options.txt	/*'scf'*
 'scl'	options.txt	/*'scl'*
 'scr'	options.txt	/*'scr'*
 'scroll'	options.txt	/*'scroll'*
 'scrollbind'	options.txt	/*'scrollbind'*
+'scrollfocus'	options.txt	/*'scrollfocus'*
 'scrolljump'	options.txt	/*'scrolljump'*
 'scrolloff'	options.txt	/*'scrolloff'*
 'scrollopt'	options.txt	/*'scrollopt'*
@@ -1006,6 +1020,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_Sb'	term.txt	/*'t_Sb'*
 't_Sf'	term.txt	/*'t_Sf'*
 't_Si'	term.txt	/*'t_Si'*
+'t_TE'	term.txt	/*'t_TE'*
+'t_TI'	term.txt	/*'t_TI'*
 't_Te'	term.txt	/*'t_Te'*
 't_Ts'	term.txt	/*'t_Ts'*
 't_VS'	term.txt	/*'t_VS'*
@@ -1262,6 +1278,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +cindent	various.txt	/*+cindent*
 +clientserver	various.txt	/*+clientserver*
 +clipboard	various.txt	/*+clipboard*
+clipboard_working	various.txt	/*+clipboard_working*
 +cmd	editing.txt	/*+cmd*
 +cmdline_compl	various.txt	/*+cmdline_compl*
 +cmdline_hist	various.txt	/*+cmdline_hist*
@@ -1336,6 +1353,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +perl	various.txt	/*+perl*
 +perl/dyn	various.txt	/*+perl\/dyn*
 +persistent_undo	various.txt	/*+persistent_undo*
+popupwin	various.txt	/*+popupwin*
 +postscript	various.txt	/*+postscript*
 +printer	various.txt	/*+printer*
 +profile	various.txt	/*+profile*
@@ -1430,6 +1448,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 --ttyfail	starting.txt	/*--ttyfail*
 --version	starting.txt	/*--version*
 --windowid	starting.txt	/*--windowid*
+->	eval.txt	/*->*
 -?	starting.txt	/*-?*
 -A	starting.txt	/*-A*
 -C	starting.txt	/*-C*
@@ -2378,6 +2397,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :ene!	editing.txt	/*:ene!*
 :enew	editing.txt	/*:enew*
 :enew!	editing.txt	/*:enew!*
+:eval	eval.txt	/*:eval*
 :ex	editing.txt	/*:ex*
 :exe	eval.txt	/*:exe*
 :exe-comment	eval.txt	/*:exe-comment*
@@ -3088,6 +3108,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :spelli	spell.txt	/*:spelli*
 :spellinfo	spell.txt	/*:spellinfo*
 :spellr	spell.txt	/*:spellr*
+:spellra	spell.txt	/*:spellra*
+:spellrare	spell.txt	/*:spellrare*
 :spellrepall	spell.txt	/*:spellrepall*
 :spellu	spell.txt	/*:spellu*
 :spellundo	spell.txt	/*:spellundo*
@@ -3876,7 +3898,6 @@ E136	starting.txt	/*E136*
 E137	starting.txt	/*E137*
 E138	starting.txt	/*E138*
 E139	message.txt	/*E139*
-E14	cmdline.txt	/*E14*
 E140	message.txt	/*E140*
 E141	message.txt	/*E141*
 E142	message.txt	/*E142*
@@ -3912,6 +3933,7 @@ E169	message.txt	/*E169*
 E17	message.txt	/*E17*
 E170	eval.txt	/*E170*
 E171	eval.txt	/*E171*
+E172	eval.txt	/*E172*
 E173	message.txt	/*E173*
 E174	map.txt	/*E174*
 E175	map.txt	/*E175*
@@ -3965,6 +3987,7 @@ E218	autocmd.txt	/*E218*
 E219	message.txt	/*E219*
 E22	message.txt	/*E22*
 E220	message.txt	/*E220*
+E221	eval.txt	/*E221*
 E222	message.txt	/*E222*
 E223	options.txt	/*E223*
 E224	map.txt	/*E224*
@@ -3987,12 +4010,14 @@ E239	sign.txt	/*E239*
 E24	message.txt	/*E24*
 E240	remote.txt	/*E240*
 E241	eval.txt	/*E241*
+E242	windows.txt	/*E242*
 E243	if_ole.txt	/*E243*
 E244	gui.txt	/*E244*
 E245	gui.txt	/*E245*
 E246	autocmd.txt	/*E246*
 E247	remote.txt	/*E247*
 E248	remote.txt	/*E248*
+E249	windows.txt	/*E249*
 E25	message.txt	/*E25*
 E250	options.txt	/*E250*
 E251	remote.txt	/*E251*
@@ -4019,7 +4044,12 @@ E270	if_ruby.txt	/*E270*
 E271	if_ruby.txt	/*E271*
 E272	if_ruby.txt	/*E272*
 E273	if_ruby.txt	/*E273*
+E274	eval.txt	/*E274*
+E275	textprop.txt	/*E275*
+E276	eval.txt	/*E276*
 E277	remote.txt	/*E277*
+E278	popup.txt	/*E278*
+E279	terminal.txt	/*E279*
 E28	syntax.txt	/*E28*
 E280	if_tcl.txt	/*E280*
 E282	starting.txt	/*E282*
@@ -4681,12 +4711,12 @@ E909	eval.txt	/*E909*
 E91	options.txt	/*E91*
 E910	eval.txt	/*E910*
 E911	eval.txt	/*E911*
-E912	eval.txt	/*E912*
+E912	channel.txt	/*E912*
 E913	eval.txt	/*E913*
 E914	eval.txt	/*E914*
 E915	channel.txt	/*E915*
-E916	eval.txt	/*E916*
-E917	eval.txt	/*E917*
+E916	channel.txt	/*E916*
+E917	channel.txt	/*E917*
 E918	channel.txt	/*E918*
 E919	repeat.txt	/*E919*
 E92	message.txt	/*E92*
@@ -4732,19 +4762,20 @@ E955	terminal.txt	/*E955*
 E956	pattern.txt	/*E956*
 E957	eval.txt	/*E957*
 E958	terminal.txt	/*E958*
+E959	diff.txt	/*E959*
 E96	diff.txt	/*E96*
 E960	options.txt	/*E960*
 E961	cmdline.txt	/*E961*
 E962	eval.txt	/*E962*
 E963	eval.txt	/*E963*
-E964	eval.txt	/*E964*
-E965	eval.txt	/*E965*
-E966	eval.txt	/*E966*
+E964	textprop.txt	/*E964*
+E965	textprop.txt	/*E965*
+E966	textprop.txt	/*E966*
 E967	textprop.txt	/*E967*
-E968	eval.txt	/*E968*
-E969	eval.txt	/*E969*
+E968	textprop.txt	/*E968*
+E969	textprop.txt	/*E969*
 E97	diff.txt	/*E97*
-E970	eval.txt	/*E970*
+E970	textprop.txt	/*E970*
 E971	textprop.txt	/*E971*
 E972	eval.txt	/*E972*
 E973	eval.txt	/*E973*
@@ -4836,6 +4867,7 @@ InsertChange	autocmd.txt	/*InsertChange*
 InsertCharPre	autocmd.txt	/*InsertCharPre*
 InsertEnter	autocmd.txt	/*InsertEnter*
 InsertLeave	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeave*
+Integer	eval.txt	/*Integer*
 J	change.txt	/*J*
 Japanese	mbyte.txt	/*Japanese*
 Job	eval.txt	/*Job*
@@ -4906,6 +4938,8 @@ P	change.txt	/*P*
 PATHEXT	eval.txt	/*PATHEXT*
 PEP8	filetype.txt	/*PEP8*
 PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel	indent.txt	/*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
+PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters	indent.txt	/*PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters*
+PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters	indent.txt	/*PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters*
 PHP_autoformatcomment	indent.txt	/*PHP_autoformatcomment*
 PHP_default_indenting	indent.txt	/*PHP_default_indenting*
 PHP_noArrowMatching	indent.txt	/*PHP_noArrowMatching*
@@ -4980,6 +5014,8 @@ S	change.txt	/*S*
 SHELL	starting.txt	/*SHELL*
 SQLGetType	ft_sql.txt	/*SQLGetType*
 SQLSetType	ft_sql.txt	/*SQLSetType*
+SafeState	autocmd.txt	/*SafeState*
+SafeStateAgain	autocmd.txt	/*SafeStateAgain*
 Select	visual.txt	/*Select*
 Select-mode	visual.txt	/*Select-mode*
 Select-mode-mapping	visual.txt	/*Select-mode-mapping*
@@ -5004,6 +5040,7 @@ TERM	starting.txt	/*TERM*
 TOhtml-encoding	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding*
 TOhtml-encoding-detect	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding-detect*
 TOhtml-performance	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-performance*
+TOhtml-progress-color	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-progress-color*
 TOhtml-uncopyable-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-uncopyable-text*
 TOhtml-wrap-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-wrap-text*
 TRUE	eval.txt	/*TRUE*
@@ -5021,6 +5058,7 @@ Terminal-Job	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Job*
 Terminal-Normal	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Normal*
 Terminal-mode	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-mode*
 TerminalOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalOpen*
+TerminalWinOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalWinOpen*
 TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
 TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 TextChangedP	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedP*
@@ -5249,6 +5287,7 @@ added-7.2	version7.txt	/*added-7.2*
 added-7.3	version7.txt	/*added-7.3*
 added-7.4	version7.txt	/*added-7.4*
 added-8.1	version8.txt	/*added-8.1*
+added-8.2	version8.txt	/*added-8.2*
 added-BeOS	version5.txt	/*added-BeOS*
 added-Mac	version5.txt	/*added-Mac*
 added-VMS	version5.txt	/*added-VMS*
@@ -5284,24 +5323,26 @@ arglist-quit	usr_07.txt	/*arglist-quit*
 arglistid()	eval.txt	/*arglistid()*
 argument-list	editing.txt	/*argument-list*
 argv()	eval.txt	/*argv()*
+argv-variable	eval.txt	/*argv-variable*
 as	motion.txt	/*as*
 asin()	eval.txt	/*asin()*
 asm.vim	syntax.txt	/*asm.vim*
 asm68k	syntax.txt	/*asm68k*
 asmh8300.vim	syntax.txt	/*asmh8300.vim*
+assert-functions-details	testing.txt	/*assert-functions-details*
 assert-return	eval.txt	/*assert-return*
-assert_beeps()	eval.txt	/*assert_beeps()*
-assert_equal()	eval.txt	/*assert_equal()*
-assert_equalfile()	eval.txt	/*assert_equalfile()*
-assert_exception()	eval.txt	/*assert_exception()*
-assert_fails()	eval.txt	/*assert_fails()*
-assert_false()	eval.txt	/*assert_false()*
-assert_inrange()	eval.txt	/*assert_inrange()*
-assert_match()	eval.txt	/*assert_match()*
-assert_notequal()	eval.txt	/*assert_notequal()*
-assert_notmatch()	eval.txt	/*assert_notmatch()*
-assert_report()	eval.txt	/*assert_report()*
-assert_true()	eval.txt	/*assert_true()*
+assert_beeps()	testing.txt	/*assert_beeps()*
+assert_equal()	testing.txt	/*assert_equal()*
+assert_equalfile()	testing.txt	/*assert_equalfile()*
+assert_exception()	testing.txt	/*assert_exception()*
+assert_fails()	testing.txt	/*assert_fails()*
+assert_false()	testing.txt	/*assert_false()*
+assert_inrange()	testing.txt	/*assert_inrange()*
+assert_match()	testing.txt	/*assert_match()*
+assert_notequal()	testing.txt	/*assert_notequal()*
+assert_notmatch()	testing.txt	/*assert_notmatch()*
+assert_report()	testing.txt	/*assert_report()*
+assert_true()	testing.txt	/*assert_true()*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
 atan()	eval.txt	/*atan()*
 atan2()	eval.txt	/*atan2()*
@@ -5519,6 +5560,8 @@ c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 c_CTRL-R_CTRL-W	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-W*
+c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+c_CTRL-SHIFT-V	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
 c_CTRL-T	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-T*
 c_CTRL-U	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-U*
 c_CTRL-V	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-V*
@@ -5572,24 +5615,24 @@ cc	change.txt	/*cc*
 ceil()	eval.txt	/*ceil()*
 cfilter-plugin	quickfix.txt	/*cfilter-plugin*
 ch.vim	syntax.txt	/*ch.vim*
-ch_canread()	eval.txt	/*ch_canread()*
-ch_close()	eval.txt	/*ch_close()*
-ch_close_in()	eval.txt	/*ch_close_in()*
-ch_evalexpr()	eval.txt	/*ch_evalexpr()*
-ch_evalraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_evalraw()*
-ch_getbufnr()	eval.txt	/*ch_getbufnr()*
-ch_getjob()	eval.txt	/*ch_getjob()*
-ch_info()	eval.txt	/*ch_info()*
-ch_log()	eval.txt	/*ch_log()*
-ch_logfile()	eval.txt	/*ch_logfile()*
-ch_open()	eval.txt	/*ch_open()*
-ch_read()	eval.txt	/*ch_read()*
-ch_readblob()	eval.txt	/*ch_readblob()*
-ch_readraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_readraw()*
-ch_sendexpr()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendexpr()*
-ch_sendraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendraw()*
-ch_setoptions()	eval.txt	/*ch_setoptions()*
-ch_status()	eval.txt	/*ch_status()*
+ch_canread()	channel.txt	/*ch_canread()*
+ch_close()	channel.txt	/*ch_close()*
+ch_close_in()	channel.txt	/*ch_close_in()*
+ch_evalexpr()	channel.txt	/*ch_evalexpr()*
+ch_evalraw()	channel.txt	/*ch_evalraw()*
+ch_getbufnr()	channel.txt	/*ch_getbufnr()*
+ch_getjob()	channel.txt	/*ch_getjob()*
+ch_info()	channel.txt	/*ch_info()*
+ch_log()	channel.txt	/*ch_log()*
+ch_logfile()	channel.txt	/*ch_logfile()*
+ch_open()	channel.txt	/*ch_open()*
+ch_read()	channel.txt	/*ch_read()*
+ch_readblob()	channel.txt	/*ch_readblob()*
+ch_readraw()	channel.txt	/*ch_readraw()*
+ch_sendexpr()	channel.txt	/*ch_sendexpr()*
+ch_sendraw()	channel.txt	/*ch_sendraw()*
+ch_setoptions()	channel.txt	/*ch_setoptions()*
+ch_status()	channel.txt	/*ch_status()*
 change-list-jumps	motion.txt	/*change-list-jumps*
 change-name	tips.txt	/*change-name*
 change-tabs	change.txt	/*change-tabs*
@@ -5611,6 +5654,7 @@ changed-7.2	version7.txt	/*changed-7.2*
 changed-7.3	version7.txt	/*changed-7.3*
 changed-7.4	version7.txt	/*changed-7.4*
 changed-8.1	version8.txt	/*changed-8.1*
+changed-8.2	version8.txt	/*changed-8.2*
 changelist	motion.txt	/*changelist*
 changelog.vim	syntax.txt	/*changelog.vim*
 changenr()	eval.txt	/*changenr()*
@@ -5624,6 +5668,7 @@ channel-commands	channel.txt	/*channel-commands*
 channel-demo	channel.txt	/*channel-demo*
 channel-drop	channel.txt	/*channel-drop*
 channel-functions	usr_41.txt	/*channel-functions*
+channel-functions-details	channel.txt	/*channel-functions-details*
 channel-mode	channel.txt	/*channel-mode*
 channel-more	channel.txt	/*channel-more*
 channel-noblock	channel.txt	/*channel-noblock*
@@ -5759,7 +5804,10 @@ compl-vim	insert.txt	/*compl-vim*
 compl-whole-line	insert.txt	/*compl-whole-line*
 complete()	eval.txt	/*complete()*
 complete-functions	insert.txt	/*complete-functions*
+complete-item-kind	insert.txt	/*complete-item-kind*
 complete-items	insert.txt	/*complete-items*
+complete-popup	insert.txt	/*complete-popup*
+complete-popuphidden	insert.txt	/*complete-popuphidden*
 complete_CTRL-E	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-E*
 complete_CTRL-Y	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-Y*
 complete_add()	eval.txt	/*complete_add()*
@@ -5919,6 +5967,7 @@ daB	motion.txt	/*daB*
 daW	motion.txt	/*daW*
 dab	motion.txt	/*dab*
 dap	motion.txt	/*dap*
+dart.vim	syntax.txt	/*dart.vim*
 das	motion.txt	/*das*
 date-functions	usr_41.txt	/*date-functions*
 dav	pi_netrw.txt	/*dav*
@@ -6048,6 +6097,7 @@ dtd2vim	insert.txt	/*dtd2vim*
 dying-variable	eval.txt	/*dying-variable*
 e	motion.txt	/*e*
 easy	starting.txt	/*easy*
+echospace-variable	eval.txt	/*echospace-variable*
 edit-a-file	editing.txt	/*edit-a-file*
 edit-binary	editing.txt	/*edit-binary*
 edit-dialogs	editing.txt	/*edit-dialogs*
@@ -6369,6 +6419,7 @@ ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
 ft-css-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-css-omni*
 ft-cweb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cweb-syntax*
 ft-cynlib-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cynlib-syntax*
+ft-dart-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dart-syntax*
 ft-dash-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dash-syntax*
 ft-desktop-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-desktop-syntax*
 ft-dircolors-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dircolors-syntax*
@@ -6398,6 +6449,7 @@ ft-ia64-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ia64-syntax*
 ft-inform-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-inform-syntax*
 ft-java-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-java-syntax*
 ft-javascript-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-javascript-omni*
+ft-json-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-json-syntax*
 ft-ksh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ksh-syntax*
 ft-lace-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-lace-syntax*
 ft-lex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-lex-syntax*
@@ -6413,6 +6465,7 @@ ft-man-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-man-plugin*
 ft-maple-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-maple-syntax*
 ft-masm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-masm-syntax*
 ft-mathematica-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-mathematica-syntax*
+ft-matlab-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-matlab-indent*
 ft-mma-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-mma-syntax*
 ft-moo-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-moo-syntax*
 ft-msql-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-msql-syntax*
@@ -6440,6 +6493,7 @@ ft-ptcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ptcap-syntax*
 ft-python-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-python-indent*
 ft-python-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-python-plugin*
 ft-python-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-python-syntax*
+ft-qf-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-qf-plugin*
 ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
 ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-r-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-r-syntax*
@@ -6602,6 +6656,7 @@ g:html_prevent_copy	syntax.txt	/*g:html_prevent_copy*
 g:html_start_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_start_line*
 g:html_use_css	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_css*
 g:html_use_encoding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_encoding*
+g:html_use_input_for_pc	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_input_for_pc*
 g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
 g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:netrw_altfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altfile*
@@ -6774,6 +6829,7 @@ gF	editing.txt	/*gF*
 gH	visual.txt	/*gH*
 gI	insert.txt	/*gI*
 gJ	change.txt	/*gJ*
+gM	motion.txt	/*gM*
 gN	visual.txt	/*gN*
 gP	change.txt	/*gP*
 gQ	intro.txt	/*gQ*
@@ -6820,11 +6876,13 @@ getfperm()	eval.txt	/*getfperm()*
 getfsize()	eval.txt	/*getfsize()*
 getftime()	eval.txt	/*getftime()*
 getftype()	eval.txt	/*getftype()*
+getimstatus()	eval.txt	/*getimstatus()*
 getjumplist()	eval.txt	/*getjumplist()*
 getlatestvimscripts-install	pi_getscript.txt	/*getlatestvimscripts-install*
 getline()	eval.txt	/*getline()*
 getloclist()	eval.txt	/*getloclist()*
 getmatches()	eval.txt	/*getmatches()*
+getmousepos()	eval.txt	/*getmousepos()*
 getpid()	eval.txt	/*getpid()*
 getpos()	eval.txt	/*getpos()*
 getqflist()	eval.txt	/*getqflist()*
@@ -7058,6 +7116,8 @@ hl-Folded	syntax.txt	/*hl-Folded*
 hl-Ignore	syntax.txt	/*hl-Ignore*
 hl-IncSearch	syntax.txt	/*hl-IncSearch*
 hl-LineNr	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNr*
+hl-LineNrAbove	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNrAbove*
+hl-LineNrBelow	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNrBelow*
 hl-MatchParen	syntax.txt	/*hl-MatchParen*
 hl-Menu	syntax.txt	/*hl-Menu*
 hl-ModeMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-ModeMsg*
@@ -7082,6 +7142,7 @@ hl-StatusLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLine*
 hl-StatusLineNC	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineNC*
 hl-StatusLineTerm	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineTerm*
 hl-StatusLineTermNC	syntax.txt	/*hl-StatusLineTermNC*
+hl-TOhtmlProgress	syntax.txt	/*hl-TOhtmlProgress*
 hl-TabLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLine*
 hl-TabLineFill	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineFill*
 hl-TabLineSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineSel*
@@ -7199,6 +7260,7 @@ i_CTRL-R_=	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_=*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
+i_CTRL-SHIFT-V	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V*
 i_CTRL-T	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-T*
 i_CTRL-U	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-U*
 i_CTRL-V	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-V*
@@ -7260,6 +7322,7 @@ if_ruby.txt	if_ruby.txt	/*if_ruby.txt*
 if_sniff.txt	if_sniff.txt	/*if_sniff.txt*
 if_tcl.txt	if_tcl.txt	/*if_tcl.txt*
 ignore-errors	eval.txt	/*ignore-errors*
+ignore-timestamp	editing.txt	/*ignore-timestamp*
 improved-autocmds-5.4	version5.txt	/*improved-autocmds-5.4*
 improved-quickfix	version5.txt	/*improved-quickfix*
 improved-sessions	version5.txt	/*improved-sessions*
@@ -7327,6 +7390,7 @@ interfaces-5.2	version5.txt	/*interfaces-5.2*
 internal-variables	eval.txt	/*internal-variables*
 internal-wordlist	spell.txt	/*internal-wordlist*
 internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
+interrupt()	eval.txt	/*interrupt()*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
 intro.txt	intro.txt	/*intro.txt*
 inverse	syntax.txt	/*inverse*
@@ -7360,6 +7424,7 @@ job-err_cb	channel.txt	/*job-err_cb*
 job-err_io	channel.txt	/*job-err_io*
 job-exit_cb	channel.txt	/*job-exit_cb*
 job-functions	usr_41.txt	/*job-functions*
+job-functions-details	channel.txt	/*job-functions-details*
 job-in_io	channel.txt	/*job-in_io*
 job-noblock	channel.txt	/*job-noblock*
 job-options	channel.txt	/*job-options*
@@ -7371,16 +7436,17 @@ job-start-nochannel	channel.txt	/*job-start-nochannel*
 job-stoponexit	channel.txt	/*job-stoponexit*
 job-term	channel.txt	/*job-term*
 job-timeout	channel.txt	/*job-timeout*
-job_getchannel()	eval.txt	/*job_getchannel()*
-job_info()	eval.txt	/*job_info()*
-job_setoptions()	eval.txt	/*job_setoptions()*
-job_start()	eval.txt	/*job_start()*
-job_status()	eval.txt	/*job_status()*
-job_stop()	eval.txt	/*job_stop()*
+job_getchannel()	channel.txt	/*job_getchannel()*
+job_info()	channel.txt	/*job_info()*
+job_setoptions()	channel.txt	/*job_setoptions()*
+job_start()	channel.txt	/*job_start()*
+job_status()	channel.txt	/*job_status()*
+job_stop()	channel.txt	/*job_stop()*
 join()	eval.txt	/*join()*
 js_decode()	eval.txt	/*js_decode()*
 js_encode()	eval.txt	/*js_encode()*
 jsbterm-mouse	options.txt	/*jsbterm-mouse*
+json.vim	syntax.txt	/*json.vim*
 json_decode()	eval.txt	/*json_decode()*
 json_encode()	eval.txt	/*json_encode()*
 jtags	tagsrch.txt	/*jtags*
@@ -7468,6 +7534,7 @@ listener_add()	eval.txt	/*listener_add()*
 listener_flush()	eval.txt	/*listener_flush()*
 listener_remove()	eval.txt	/*listener_remove()*
 lite.vim	syntax.txt	/*lite.vim*
+literal-Dict	eval.txt	/*literal-Dict*
 literal-string	eval.txt	/*literal-string*
 lnum-variable	eval.txt	/*lnum-variable*
 load-plugins	starting.txt	/*load-plugins*
@@ -7609,6 +7676,8 @@ matchlist()	eval.txt	/*matchlist()*
 matchparen	pi_paren.txt	/*matchparen*
 matchstr()	eval.txt	/*matchstr()*
 matchstrpos()	eval.txt	/*matchstrpos()*
+matlab-indent	indent.txt	/*matlab-indent*
+matlab-indenting	indent.txt	/*matlab-indenting*
 max()	eval.txt	/*max()*
 mbyte-IME	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-IME*
 mbyte-XIM	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-XIM*
@@ -7637,6 +7706,7 @@ message-history	message.txt	/*message-history*
 message.txt	message.txt	/*message.txt*
 messages	message.txt	/*messages*
 meta	intro.txt	/*meta*
+method	eval.txt	/*method*
 min()	eval.txt	/*min()*
 missing-options	vi_diff.txt	/*missing-options*
 mkdir()	eval.txt	/*mkdir()*
@@ -7653,6 +7723,7 @@ modeless-selection	gui.txt	/*modeless-selection*
 modeline	options.txt	/*modeline*
 modeline-local	options.txt	/*modeline-local*
 modeline-version	options.txt	/*modeline-version*
+modifyOtherKeys	map.txt	/*modifyOtherKeys*
 moo.vim	syntax.txt	/*moo.vim*
 more-compatible	version5.txt	/*more-compatible*
 more-prompt	message.txt	/*more-prompt*
@@ -8016,9 +8087,11 @@ new-onemore	version7.txt	/*new-onemore*
 new-operator-mod	version6.txt	/*new-operator-mod*
 new-options-5.2	version5.txt	/*new-options-5.2*
 new-options-5.4	version5.txt	/*new-options-5.4*
+new-other-8.2	version8.txt	/*new-other-8.2*
 new-perl-python	version5.txt	/*new-perl-python*
 new-persistent-undo	version7.txt	/*new-persistent-undo*
 new-plugins	version6.txt	/*new-plugins*
+new-popup-window	version8.txt	/*new-popup-window*
 new-posix	version7.txt	/*new-posix*
 new-print-multi-byte	version7.txt	/*new-print-multi-byte*
 new-printing	version6.txt	/*new-printing*
@@ -8032,9 +8105,10 @@ new-search-path	version6.txt	/*new-search-path*
 new-searchpat	version6.txt	/*new-searchpat*
 new-session-files	version5.txt	/*new-session-files*
 new-spell	version7.txt	/*new-spell*
-new-style-testing	eval.txt	/*new-style-testing*
+new-style-testing	testing.txt	/*new-style-testing*
 new-tab-pages	version7.txt	/*new-tab-pages*
 new-terminal-window	version8.txt	/*new-terminal-window*
+new-text-properties	version8.txt	/*new-text-properties*
 new-undo-branches	version7.txt	/*new-undo-branches*
 new-unlisted-buffers	version6.txt	/*new-unlisted-buffers*
 new-user-defined	version5.txt	/*new-user-defined*
@@ -8045,10 +8119,10 @@ new-vim-script	version7.txt	/*new-vim-script*
 new-vim-script-8	version8.txt	/*new-vim-script-8*
 new-vim-server	version6.txt	/*new-vim-server*
 new-vimgrep	version7.txt	/*new-vimgrep*
+new-vimscript-8.2	version8.txt	/*new-vimscript-8.2*
 new-virtedit	version6.txt	/*new-virtedit*
 news	intro.txt	/*news*
 nextnonblank()	eval.txt	/*nextnonblank()*
-nice	todo.txt	/*nice*
 no-eval-feature	eval.txt	/*no-eval-feature*
 no-type-checking	eval.txt	/*no-type-checking*
 no_buffers_menu	gui.txt	/*no_buffers_menu*
@@ -8080,7 +8154,7 @@ ocaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*ocaml.vim*
 octal	eval.txt	/*octal*
 octal-nrformats	options.txt	/*octal-nrformats*
 octal-number	eval.txt	/*octal-number*
-old-style-testing	eval.txt	/*old-style-testing*
+old-style-testing	testing.txt	/*old-style-testing*
 oldfiles-variable	eval.txt	/*oldfiles-variable*
 ole-activation	if_ole.txt	/*ole-activation*
 ole-eval	if_ole.txt	/*ole-eval*
@@ -8227,20 +8301,25 @@ popup-callback	popup.txt	/*popup-callback*
 popup-close	popup.txt	/*popup-close*
 popup-examples	popup.txt	/*popup-examples*
 popup-filter	popup.txt	/*popup-filter*
+popup-filter-mode	popup.txt	/*popup-filter-mode*
 popup-function-details	popup.txt	/*popup-function-details*
 popup-functions	popup.txt	/*popup-functions*
 popup-intro	popup.txt	/*popup-intro*
+popup-mapping	popup.txt	/*popup-mapping*
 popup-mask	popup.txt	/*popup-mask*
 popup-menu	gui.txt	/*popup-menu*
 popup-menu-added	version5.txt	/*popup-menu-added*
 popup-position	popup.txt	/*popup-position*
 popup-props	popup.txt	/*popup-props*
 popup-scrollbar	popup.txt	/*popup-scrollbar*
+popup-textprop-pos	popup.txt	/*popup-textprop-pos*
 popup-usage	popup.txt	/*popup-usage*
 popup-window	popup.txt	/*popup-window*
 popup-window-functions	usr_41.txt	/*popup-window-functions*
 popup.txt	popup.txt	/*popup.txt*
 popup_atcursor()	popup.txt	/*popup_atcursor()*
+popup_beval()	popup.txt	/*popup_beval()*
+popup_beval_example	popup.txt	/*popup_beval_example*
 popup_clear()	popup.txt	/*popup_clear()*
 popup_close()	popup.txt	/*popup_close()*
 popup_create()	popup.txt	/*popup_create()*
@@ -8249,9 +8328,12 @@ popup_dialog()	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog()*
 popup_dialog-example	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog-example*
 popup_filter_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_menu()*
 popup_filter_yesno()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_yesno()*
+popup_findinfo()	popup.txt	/*popup_findinfo()*
+popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
 popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
 popup_getpos()	popup.txt	/*popup_getpos()*
 popup_hide()	popup.txt	/*popup_hide()*
+popup_locate()	popup.txt	/*popup_locate()*
 popup_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_menu()*
 popup_menu-shortcut-example	popup.txt	/*popup_menu-shortcut-example*
 popup_move()	popup.txt	/*popup_move()*
@@ -8261,6 +8343,7 @@ popup_settext()	popup.txt	/*popup_settext()*
 popup_show()	popup.txt	/*popup_show()*
 popupmenu-completion	insert.txt	/*popupmenu-completion*
 popupmenu-keys	insert.txt	/*popupmenu-keys*
+popupwin	popup.txt	/*popupwin*
 ports-5.2	version5.txt	/*ports-5.2*
 ports-6	version6.txt	/*ports-6*
 posix	vi_diff.txt	/*posix*
@@ -8278,6 +8361,7 @@ ppwiz.vim	syntax.txt	/*ppwiz.vim*
 press-enter	message.txt	/*press-enter*
 press-return	message.txt	/*press-return*
 prevcount-variable	eval.txt	/*prevcount-variable*
+preview-popup	windows.txt	/*preview-popup*
 preview-window	windows.txt	/*preview-window*
 prevnonblank()	eval.txt	/*prevnonblank()*
 print-intro	print.txt	/*print-intro*
@@ -8313,19 +8397,20 @@ prompt_setinterrupt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setinterrupt()*
 prompt_setprompt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setprompt()*
 promptbuffer-functions	usr_41.txt	/*promptbuffer-functions*
 pronounce	intro.txt	/*pronounce*
-prop_add()	eval.txt	/*prop_add()*
-prop_clear()	eval.txt	/*prop_clear()*
-prop_find()	eval.txt	/*prop_find()*
-prop_list()	eval.txt	/*prop_list()*
-prop_remove()	eval.txt	/*prop_remove()*
-prop_type_add()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_add()*
-prop_type_change()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_change()*
-prop_type_delete()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_delete()*
-prop_type_get()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_get()*
-prop_type_list()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_list()*
+prop_add()	textprop.txt	/*prop_add()*
+prop_clear()	textprop.txt	/*prop_clear()*
+prop_find()	textprop.txt	/*prop_find()*
+prop_list()	textprop.txt	/*prop_list()*
+prop_remove()	textprop.txt	/*prop_remove()*
+prop_type_add()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_add()*
+prop_type_change()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_change()*
+prop_type_delete()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_delete()*
+prop_type_get()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_get()*
+prop_type_list()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_list()*
 psql	ft_sql.txt	/*psql*
 ptcap.vim	syntax.txt	/*ptcap.vim*
 pterm-mouse	options.txt	/*pterm-mouse*
+pum_getpos()	eval.txt	/*pum_getpos()*
 pumvisible()	eval.txt	/*pumvisible()*
 put	change.txt	/*put*
 put-Visual-mode	change.txt	/*put-Visual-mode*
@@ -8383,6 +8468,7 @@ q	repeat.txt	/*q*
 q/	cmdline.txt	/*q\/*
 q:	cmdline.txt	/*q:*
 q?	cmdline.txt	/*q?*
+qf.vim	filetype.txt	/*qf.vim*
 qnx	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx*
 qnx-compiling	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx-compiling*
 qnx-general	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx-general*
@@ -8447,6 +8533,7 @@ quotestar	gui.txt	/*quotestar*
 quote~	change.txt	/*quote~*
 r	change.txt	/*r*
 r.vim	syntax.txt	/*r.vim*
+rand()	eval.txt	/*rand()*
 range()	eval.txt	/*range()*
 raw-terminal-mode	term.txt	/*raw-terminal-mode*
 rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*rcp*
@@ -8590,6 +8677,7 @@ screenattr()	eval.txt	/*screenattr()*
 screenchar()	eval.txt	/*screenchar()*
 screenchars()	eval.txt	/*screenchars()*
 screencol()	eval.txt	/*screencol()*
+screenpos()	eval.txt	/*screenpos()*
 screenrow()	eval.txt	/*screenrow()*
 screenstring()	eval.txt	/*screenstring()*
 script	usr_41.txt	/*script*
@@ -8602,6 +8690,7 @@ scriptversion	eval.txt	/*scriptversion*
 scriptversion-1	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-1*
 scriptversion-2	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-2*
 scriptversion-3	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-3*
+scriptversion-4	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-4*
 scroll-binding	scroll.txt	/*scroll-binding*
 scroll-cursor	scroll.txt	/*scroll-cursor*
 scroll-down	scroll.txt	/*scroll-down*
@@ -8682,19 +8771,22 @@ showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-column	sign.txt	/*sign-column*
 sign-commands	sign.txt	/*sign-commands*
 sign-functions	usr_41.txt	/*sign-functions*
+sign-functions-details	sign.txt	/*sign-functions-details*
 sign-group	sign.txt	/*sign-group*
 sign-identifier	sign.txt	/*sign-identifier*
 sign-intro	sign.txt	/*sign-intro*
 sign-priority	sign.txt	/*sign-priority*
 sign-support	sign.txt	/*sign-support*
 sign.txt	sign.txt	/*sign.txt*
-sign_define()	eval.txt	/*sign_define()*
-sign_getdefined()	eval.txt	/*sign_getdefined()*
-sign_getplaced()	eval.txt	/*sign_getplaced()*
-sign_jump()	eval.txt	/*sign_jump()*
-sign_place()	eval.txt	/*sign_place()*
-sign_undefine()	eval.txt	/*sign_undefine()*
-sign_unplace()	eval.txt	/*sign_unplace()*
+sign_define()	sign.txt	/*sign_define()*
+sign_getdefined()	sign.txt	/*sign_getdefined()*
+sign_getplaced()	sign.txt	/*sign_getplaced()*
+sign_jump()	sign.txt	/*sign_jump()*
+sign_place()	sign.txt	/*sign_place()*
+sign_placelist()	sign.txt	/*sign_placelist()*
+sign_undefine()	sign.txt	/*sign_undefine()*
+sign_unplace()	sign.txt	/*sign_unplace()*
+sign_unplacelist()	sign.txt	/*sign_unplacelist()*
 signs	sign.txt	/*signs*
 simple-change	change.txt	/*simple-change*
 simplify()	eval.txt	/*simplify()*
@@ -8863,6 +8955,7 @@ sqlj	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlj*
 sqlserver	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlserver*
 sqlsettype	ft_sql.txt	/*sqlsettype*
 sqrt()	eval.txt	/*sqrt()*
+srand()	eval.txt	/*srand()*
 sscanf	eval.txt	/*sscanf*
 standard-plugin	usr_05.txt	/*standard-plugin*
 standard-plugin-list	help.txt	/*standard-plugin-list*
@@ -8878,9 +8971,11 @@ starting.txt	starting.txt	/*starting.txt*
 startup	starting.txt	/*startup*
 startup-options	starting.txt	/*startup-options*
 startup-terminal	term.txt	/*startup-terminal*
+state()	eval.txt	/*state()*
 static-tag	tagsrch.txt	/*static-tag*
 status-line	windows.txt	/*status-line*
 statusmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*statusmsg-variable*
+stl-%{	options.txt	/*stl-%{*
 str2float()	eval.txt	/*str2float()*
 str2list()	eval.txt	/*str2list()*
 str2nr()	eval.txt	/*str2nr()*
@@ -8901,6 +8996,7 @@ string-match	eval.txt	/*string-match*
 strlen()	eval.txt	/*strlen()*
 strpart()	eval.txt	/*strpart()*
 strpbrk()	eval.txt	/*strpbrk()*
+strptime()	eval.txt	/*strptime()*
 strrchr()	eval.txt	/*strrchr()*
 strridx()	eval.txt	/*strridx()*
 strspn()	eval.txt	/*strspn()*
@@ -9048,6 +9144,8 @@ t_ST	term.txt	/*t_ST*
 t_Sb	term.txt	/*t_Sb*
 t_Sf	term.txt	/*t_Sf*
 t_Si	term.txt	/*t_Si*
+t_TE	term.txt	/*t_TE*
+t_TI	term.txt	/*t_TI*
 t_Te	term.txt	/*t_Te*
 t_Ts	term.txt	/*t_Ts*
 t_VS	term.txt	/*t_VS*
@@ -9288,6 +9386,7 @@ term_list()	terminal.txt	/*term_list()*
 term_scrape()	terminal.txt	/*term_scrape()*
 term_sendkeys()	terminal.txt	/*term_sendkeys()*
 term_setansicolors()	terminal.txt	/*term_setansicolors()*
+term_setapi()	terminal.txt	/*term_setapi()*
 term_setkill()	terminal.txt	/*term_setkill()*
 term_setrestore()	terminal.txt	/*term_setrestore()*
 term_setsize()	terminal.txt	/*term_setsize()*
@@ -9315,6 +9414,7 @@ termdebug_wide	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_wide*
 terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
 terminal-api	terminal.txt	/*terminal-api*
 terminal-client-server	terminal.txt	/*terminal-client-server*
+terminal-close	terminal.txt	/*terminal-close*
 terminal-colors	os_unix.txt	/*terminal-colors*
 terminal-communication	terminal.txt	/*terminal-communication*
 terminal-cursor-style	terminal.txt	/*terminal-cursor-style*
@@ -9328,6 +9428,7 @@ terminal-functions	usr_41.txt	/*terminal-functions*
 terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
 terminal-job-index	index.txt	/*terminal-job-index*
 terminal-key-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-key-codes*
+terminal-mouse	term.txt	/*terminal-mouse*
 terminal-ms-windows	terminal.txt	/*terminal-ms-windows*
 terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
 terminal-output-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-output-codes*
@@ -9346,28 +9447,31 @@ terminal.txt	terminal.txt	/*terminal.txt*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
-test_alloc_fail()	eval.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
-test_autochdir()	eval.txt	/*test_autochdir()*
-test_feedinput()	eval.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
-test_garbagecollect_now()	eval.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
-test_garbagecollect_soon()	eval.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
-test_getvalue()	eval.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
-test_ignore_error()	eval.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
-test_null_blob()	eval.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
-test_null_channel()	eval.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
-test_null_dict()	eval.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
-test_null_job()	eval.txt	/*test_null_job()*
-test_null_list()	eval.txt	/*test_null_list()*
-test_null_partial()	eval.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
-test_null_string()	eval.txt	/*test_null_string()*
-test_option_not_set()	eval.txt	/*test_option_not_set()*
-test_override()	eval.txt	/*test_override()*
-test_refcount()	eval.txt	/*test_refcount()*
-test_scrollbar()	eval.txt	/*test_scrollbar()*
-test_setmouse()	eval.txt	/*test_setmouse()*
-test_settime()	eval.txt	/*test_settime()*
-testing	eval.txt	/*testing*
+test-functions-details	testing.txt	/*test-functions-details*
+test_alloc_fail()	testing.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
+test_autochdir()	testing.txt	/*test_autochdir()*
+test_feedinput()	testing.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
+test_garbagecollect_now()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
+test_garbagecollect_soon()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
+test_getvalue()	testing.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
+test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
+test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
+test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
+test_null_dict()	testing.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
+test_null_job()	testing.txt	/*test_null_job()*
+test_null_list()	testing.txt	/*test_null_list()*
+test_null_partial()	testing.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
+test_null_string()	testing.txt	/*test_null_string()*
+test_option_not_set()	testing.txt	/*test_option_not_set()*
+test_override()	testing.txt	/*test_override()*
+test_refcount()	testing.txt	/*test_refcount()*
+test_scrollbar()	testing.txt	/*test_scrollbar()*
+test_setmouse()	testing.txt	/*test_setmouse()*
+test_settime()	testing.txt	/*test_settime()*
+testing	testing.txt	/*testing*
+testing-support	testing.txt	/*testing-support*
 testing-variable	eval.txt	/*testing-variable*
+testing.txt	testing.txt	/*testing.txt*
 tex-cchar	syntax.txt	/*tex-cchar*
 tex-cole	syntax.txt	/*tex-cole*
 tex-conceal	syntax.txt	/*tex-conceal*
@@ -9518,6 +9622,7 @@ utf-8-typing	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-typing*
 utf8	mbyte.txt	/*utf8*
 v	visual.txt	/*v*
 v:	eval.txt	/*v:*
+v:argv	eval.txt	/*v:argv*
 v:beval_bufnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_bufnr*
 v:beval_col	eval.txt	/*v:beval_col*
 v:beval_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:beval_lnum*
@@ -9534,6 +9639,7 @@ v:count	eval.txt	/*v:count*
 v:count1	eval.txt	/*v:count1*
 v:ctype	eval.txt	/*v:ctype*
 v:dying	eval.txt	/*v:dying*
+v:echospace	eval.txt	/*v:echospace*
 v:errmsg	eval.txt	/*v:errmsg*
 v:errors	eval.txt	/*v:errors*
 v:event	eval.txt	/*v:event*
@@ -9753,6 +9859,7 @@ version-7.3	version7.txt	/*version-7.3*
 version-7.4	version7.txt	/*version-7.4*
 version-8.0	version8.txt	/*version-8.0*
 version-8.1	version8.txt	/*version-8.1*
+version-8.2	version8.txt	/*version-8.2*
 version-variable	eval.txt	/*version-variable*
 version4.txt	version4.txt	/*version4.txt*
 version5.txt	version5.txt	/*version5.txt*
@@ -9765,6 +9872,7 @@ version7.4	version7.txt	/*version7.4*
 version7.txt	version7.txt	/*version7.txt*
 version8.0	version8.txt	/*version8.0*
 version8.1	version8.txt	/*version8.1*
+version8.2	version8.txt	/*version8.2*
 version8.txt	version8.txt	/*version8.txt*
 versionlong-variable	eval.txt	/*versionlong-variable*
 vi	intro.txt	/*vi*
@@ -9780,6 +9888,7 @@ views-sessions	starting.txt	/*views-sessions*
 vim-7.4	version7.txt	/*vim-7.4*
 vim-8	version8.txt	/*vim-8*
 vim-8.1	version8.txt	/*vim-8.1*
+vim-8.2	version8.txt	/*vim-8.2*
 vim-additions	vi_diff.txt	/*vim-additions*
 vim-announce	intro.txt	/*vim-announce*
 vim-arguments	starting.txt	/*vim-arguments*
@@ -9919,6 +10028,7 @@ win_gotoid()	eval.txt	/*win_gotoid()*
 win_id2tabwin()	eval.txt	/*win_id2tabwin()*
 win_id2win()	eval.txt	/*win_id2win()*
 win_screenpos()	eval.txt	/*win_screenpos()*
+win_splitmove()	eval.txt	/*win_splitmove()*
 winbufnr()	eval.txt	/*winbufnr()*
 wincol()	eval.txt	/*wincol()*
 window	windows.txt	/*window*
@@ -10104,6 +10214,7 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {move-around}	visual.txt	/*{move-around}*
 {offset}	pattern.txt	/*{offset}*
 {pat}	autocmd.txt	/*{pat}*
+{register}	change.txt	/*{register}*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*
 {}	intro.txt	/*{}*
--- a/runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ files here, it is only supported for backwards compatibility :-).

 Lines in Emacs tags files can be very long.  Vim only deals with lines of up
 to about 510 bytes.  To see whether lines are ignored set 'verbose' to 5 or
-higher.
+higher. Non-Emacs tags file lines can be any length.

 							*tags-option*
 The 'tags' option is a list of file names.  Each of these files is searched
--- a/runtime/doc/term.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/term.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -80,14 +80,19 @@ can do this best in your .vimrc.  Example: >
 <
 						*raw-terminal-mode*
 For normal editing the terminal will be put into "raw" mode.  The strings
-defined with 't_ti' and 't_ks' will be sent to the terminal.  Normally this
-puts the terminal in a state where the termcap codes are valid and activates
-the cursor and function keys.  When Vim exits the terminal will be put back
-into the mode it was before Vim started.  The strings defined with 't_te' and
-'t_ke' will be sent to the terminal.  On the Amiga, with commands that execute
-an external command (e.g., "!!"), the terminal will be put into Normal mode
-for a moment.  This means that you can stop the output to the screen by
-hitting a printing key.  Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
+defined with 't_ti', 't_TI' and 't_ks' will be sent to the terminal.  Normally
+this puts the terminal in a state where the termcap codes are valid and
+activates the cursor and function keys.
+When Vim exits the terminal will be put back into the mode it was before Vim
+started.  The strings defined with 't_te', 't_TE' and 't_ke' will be sent to
+the terminal.  On the Amiga, with commands that execute an external command
+(e.g., "!!"), the terminal will be put into Normal mode for a moment.  This
+means that you can stop the output to the screen by hitting a printing key.
+Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
+
+Note: When 't_ti' is not empty, Vim assumes that it causes switching to the
+alternate screen.  This may slightly change what happens when executing a
+shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE'.

 						*xterm-bracketed-paste*
 When the 't_BE' option is set then 't_BE' will be sent to the
@@ -297,8 +302,8 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_se	standout end					*t_se* *'t_se'*
 	t_so	standout mode					*t_so* *'t_so'*
 	t_sr	scroll reverse (backward)			*t_sr* *'t_sr'*
-	t_te	out of "termcap" mode				*t_te* *'t_te'*
-	t_ti	put terminal in "termcap" mode			*t_ti* *'t_ti'*
+	t_te	end of "termcap" mode				*t_te* *'t_te'*
+	t_ti	put terminal into "termcap" mode		*t_ti* *'t_ti'*
 	t_ts	set window title start (to status line)		*t_ts* *'t_ts'*
 	t_ue	underline end					*t_ue* *'t_ue'*
 	t_us	underline mode					*t_us* *'t_us'*
@@ -359,6 +364,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_RT	restore window title from stack			*t_RT* *'t_RT'*
 	t_Si	save icon text to stack				*t_Si* *'t_Si'*
 	t_Ri	restore icon text from stack			*t_Ri* *'t_Ri'*
+	t_TE	end of "raw" mode				*t_TE* *'t_TE'*
+	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode 			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*

 Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
 by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
@@ -498,7 +505,7 @@ Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.

 							*xterm-true-color*
 Vim supports using true colors in the terminal (taken from |highlight-guifg|
-and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this 
+and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this
 work the 'termguicolors' option needs to be set.
 See https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728 for a list of terminals that
 support true colors.
@@ -739,12 +746,21 @@ jump to tags).
 Whether the selection that is started with the mouse is in Visual mode or
 Select mode depends on whether "mouse" is included in the 'selectmode'
 option.
-
+							*terminal-mouse*
 In an xterm, with the currently active mode included in the 'mouse' option,
 normal mouse clicks are used by Vim, mouse clicks with the shift or ctrl key
 pressed go to the xterm.  With the currently active mode not included in
 'mouse' all mouse clicks go to the xterm.

+For terminals where it is not possible to have the mouse events be used by the
+terminal itself by using a modifier, a workaround is to not use mouse events
+for Vim in command-line mode: >
+	:set mouse=nvi
+Then to select text with the terminal, use ":" to go to command-line mode,
+select and copy the text to the system, then press Esc.
+
+Another way is to temporarily use ":sh" to run a shell, copy the text, then
+exit the shell.  'mouse' can remain set to "a" then.
 							*xterm-clipboard*
 In the Athena and Motif GUI versions, when running in a terminal and there is
 access to the X-server (DISPLAY is set), the copy and paste will behave like
--- a/runtime/doc/terminal.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/terminal.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ CTRL-W can be used to navigate between windows and other CTRL-W commands, e.g.:
 	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
 See |CTRL-W| for more commands.

-Special in the terminal window:			*t_CTRL-W_.*  *t_CTRL-W_N* 
+Special in the terminal window:			*t_CTRL-W_.*  *t_CTRL-W_N*
 	CTRL-W .	send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal
 	CTRL-W CTRL-\	send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal
 	CTRL-W N	go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode|
@@ -193,6 +193,7 @@ Command syntax ~
 			Supported [options] are:
 			++close		The terminal window will close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
+					|terminal-close|
 			++noclose	The terminal window will NOT close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
 			++open		When the job terminates and no window
@@ -209,6 +210,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 					no window will be used.
 			++norestore	Do not include this terminal window
 					in a session file.
+			++shell		Instead of executing {command}
+					directly, use a shell, like with
+					`:!command` 		*E279*
+					{only works on Unix currently}
 			++kill={how}	When trying to close the terminal
 					window kill the job with {how}.  See
 					|term_setkill()| for the values.
@@ -222,7 +227,7 @@ Command syntax ~
 					Vim width (no window left or right of
 					the terminal window) this value is
 					ignored.
-			++eof={text}	when using [range]: text to send after
+			++eof={text}	When using [range]: text to send after
 					the last line was written. Cannot
 					contain white space.  A CR is
 					appended.  For MS-Windows the default
@@ -234,6 +239,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 			++type={pty}	(MS-Windows only): Use {pty} as the
 					virtual console.  See 'termwintype'
 					for the values.
+			++api={expr}	Permit the function name starting with
+					{expr} to be called as |terminal-api|
+					function.  If {expr} is empty then no
+					function can be called.

 			If you want to use more options use the |term_start()|
 			function.
@@ -263,6 +272,12 @@ hidden, the job keeps running.  The `:buffer` command can be used to turn the
 current window into a terminal window.  If there are unsaved changes this
 fails, use ! to force, as usual.

+							*terminal-close*
+When the terminal window is closed, e.g. when the shell exits and "++close"
+argument was used, and this is the last normal Vim window, then Vim will exit.
+This is like using |:quit| in a normal window. Help and preview windows are
+not counted.
+
 To have a background job run without a window, and open the window when it's
 done, use options like this: >
 	:term ++hidden ++open make
@@ -479,6 +494,9 @@ term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		Using the "s" key the top and bottom parts are swapped.  This
 		makes it easy to spot a difference.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpdiff(otherfile)
+<
 							*term_dumpload()*
 term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
 		Open a new window displaying the contents of {filename}
@@ -488,6 +506,9 @@ term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])

 		For {options} see |term_dumpdiff()|.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpload()
+<
 							*term_dumpwrite()*
 term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		Dump the contents of the terminal screen of {buf} in the file
@@ -502,11 +523,18 @@ term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
 			"rows"		maximum number of rows to dump
 			"columns"	maximum number of columns to dump

+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used for the file
+		name: >
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpwrite(bufnr)
+
 term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
 		Returns 1 if the terminal of {buf} is using the alternate
 		screen.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getaltscreen()
+

 term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*
 		Get the ANSI color palette in use by terminal {buf}.
@@ -517,8 +545,12 @@ term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*

 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.  If the buffer does not
 		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
-		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getansicolors()
+
+<		{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and/or the
+		|+termguicolors| feature}

 term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
 		Given {attr}, a value returned by term_scrape() in the "attr"
@@ -528,7 +560,10 @@ term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
 			underline
 			strike
 			reverse
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAttr()->term_getattr()
+

 term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
 		Get the cursor position of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with
@@ -550,13 +585,18 @@ term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
 		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
 		list is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getcursor()

 term_getjob({buf})					*term_getjob()*
 		Get the Job associated with terminal window {buf}.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
 		Returns |v:null| when there is no job.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getjob()
+

 term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
 		Get a line of text from the terminal window of {buf}.
@@ -567,7 +607,10 @@ term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
 		returned.

 		To get attributes of each character use |term_scrape()|.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getline(row)
+

 term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
 		Return the number of lines that scrolled to above the top of
@@ -579,7 +622,10 @@ term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
 <		(if that line exists).

 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getscrolled()
+

 term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 		Get the size of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with two
@@ -589,7 +635,10 @@ term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
 		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
 		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getsize()
+

 term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a comma
@@ -602,7 +651,10 @@ term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
 		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
 		string is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getstatus()
+

 term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
 		Get the title of terminal {buf}. This is the title that the
@@ -611,7 +663,10 @@ term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
 		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
 		string is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_gettitle()
+

 term_gettty({buf} [, {input}])				*term_gettty()*
 		Get the name of the controlling terminal associated with
@@ -620,12 +675,15 @@ term_gettty({buf} [, {input}])				*term_gettty()*
 		When {input} is omitted or 0, return the name for writing
 		(stdout). When {input} is 1 return the name for reading
 		(stdin). On UNIX, both return same name.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_gettty()
+

 term_list()						*term_list()*
 		Return a list with the buffer numbers of all buffers for
 		terminal windows.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+

 term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
 		Get the contents of {row} of terminal screen of {buf}.
@@ -642,7 +700,10 @@ term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
 		    "attr"	attributes of the cell, use |term_getattr()|
 				to get the individual flags
 		    "width"	cell width: 1 or 2
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_scrape(row)
+

 term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
 		Send keystrokes {keys} to terminal {buf}.
@@ -650,7 +711,19 @@ term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*

 		{keys} are translated as key sequences. For example, "\<c-x>"
 		means the character CTRL-X.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_sendkeys(keys)
+
+
+term_setapi({buf}, {expr})				*term_setapi()*
+		Set the function name prefix to be used for the |terminal-api|
+		function in terminal {buf}.  For example: >
+		    :call term_setapi(buf, "Myapi_")
+		    :call term_setapi(buf, "")
+<
+		The default is "Tapi_".  When {expr} is an empty string then
+		no |terminal-api| function can be used for {buf}.

 term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
 		Set the ANSI color palette used by terminal {buf}.
@@ -680,8 +753,12 @@ term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
 		'termguicolors' is set.  When not using GUI colors (GUI mode
 		or 'termguicolors'), the terminal window always uses the 16
 		ANSI colors of the underlying terminal.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
-		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setansicolors(colors)
+
+<		{only available with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors|
+		feature}

 term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
 		When exiting Vim or trying to close the terminal window in
@@ -695,6 +772,10 @@ term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
 		After sending the signal Vim will wait for up to a second to
 		check that the job actually stopped.

+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setkill(how)
+
+
 term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
 		Set the command to write in a session file to restore the job
 		in this terminal.  The line written in the session file is: >
@@ -703,7 +784,10 @@ term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*

 		Use an empty {command} to run 'shell'.
 		Use "NONE" to not restore this window.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setrestore(command)
+

 term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
 		Set the size of terminal {buf}. The size of the window
@@ -714,7 +798,10 @@ term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
 		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
 		exist or is not a terminal window, an error is given.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setsize(rows, cols)
+

 term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 		Open a terminal window and run {cmd} in it.
@@ -780,15 +867,22 @@ term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 				     color modes.  See |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
 		   "tty_type"	     (MS-Windows only): Specify which pty to
 				     use.  See 'termwintype' for the values.
+		   "term_api"	     function name prefix for the
+				     |terminal-api| function.  See
+				     |term_setapi()|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCommand()->term_start()

-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}

 term_wait({buf} [, {time}])					*term_wait()*
 		Wait for pending updates of {buf} to be handled.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
 		{time} is how long to wait for updates to arrive in msec.  If
 		not set then 10 msec will be used.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_wait()

 ==============================================================================
 3. Terminal communication			 *terminal-communication*
@@ -832,10 +926,10 @@ Currently supported commands:

 		Call a user defined function with {argument}.
 		The function is called with two arguments: the buffer number
-		of the terminal and {argument}, the decoded JSON argument. 
-		The function name must start with "Tapi_" to avoid
+		of the terminal and {argument}, the decoded JSON argument.
+		By default, the function name must start with "Tapi_" to avoid
 		accidentally calling a function not meant to be used for the
-		terminal API.
+		terminal API.  This can be changed with |term_setapi()|.
 		The user function should sanity check the argument.
 		The function can use |term_sendkeys()| to send back a reply.
 		Example in JSON: >
@@ -952,12 +1046,12 @@ file for now, e.g.: >

 The test will then fail, giving you the command to compare the reference dump
 and the failed dump, e.g.: >
-	call term_dumpdiff("Test_func.dump.failed", "dumps/Test_func.dump")
+	call term_dumpdiff("failed/Test_func.dump", "dumps/Test_func.dump")

 Use this command in Vim, with the current directory set to src/testdir.
 Once you are satisfied with the test, move the failed dump in place of the
 reference: >
-	:!mv Test_func.dump.failed dumps/Test_func.dump
+	:!mv failed/Test_func.dump dumps/Test_func.dump


 Creating a screen dump ~
@@ -1046,7 +1140,7 @@ program window	A terminal window for the executed program.  When "run" is

 The current window is used to show the source code.  When gdb pauses the
 source file location will be displayed, if possible.  A sign is used to
-highlight the current position, using highlight group debugPC.	 
+highlight the current position, using highlight group debugPC.

 If the buffer in the current window is modified, another window will be opened
 to display the current gdb position.  You can use `:Winbar` to add a window
@@ -1083,8 +1177,12 @@ Example session ~
 							*termdebug-example*
 Start in the Vim "src" directory and build Vim: >
 	% make
+Make sure that debug symbols are present, usually that means that $CFLAGS
+includes "-g".
+
 Start Vim: >
 	% ./vim
+
 Load the termdebug plugin and start debugging Vim: >
 	:packadd termdebug
 	:Termdebug vim
@@ -1099,7 +1197,7 @@ Put focus on the gdb window and type: >
 	run
 Vim will start running in the program window. Put focus there and type: >
 	:help gui
-Gdb will run into the ex_help breakpoint.  The source window now shows the 
+Gdb will run into the ex_help breakpoint.  The source window now shows the
 ex_cmds.c file.  A red "1 " marker will appear in the signcolumn where the
 breakpoint was set.  The line where the debugger stopped is highlighted.  You
 can now step through the program.  Let's use the mouse: click on the "Next"
@@ -1156,8 +1254,10 @@ gdb:
 `:Run` [args]	    run the program with [args] or the previous arguments
 `:Arguments` {args}  set arguments for the next `:Run`

- *:Break*	set a breakpoint at the current line; a sign will be displayed
- *:Clear*	delete the breakpoint at the current line
+ *:Break*	set a breakpoint at the cursor position
+ :Break {position}
+		set a breakpoint at the specified position
+ *:Clear*	delete the breakpoint at the cursor position

 *:Step*	execute the gdb "step" command
 *:Over*	execute the gdb "next" command (`:Next` is a Vim command)
--- a/runtime/doc/testing.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/testing.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 08
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+Testing Vim and Vim script			*testing-support*
+
+Expression evaluation is explained in |eval.txt|.  This file goes into details
+about writing tests in Vim script.  This can be used for testing Vim itself
+and for testing plugins.
+
+1. Testing Vim				|testing|
+2. Test functions			|test-functions-details|
+3. Assert functions			|assert-functions-details|
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Testing Vim						*testing*
+
+Vim can be tested after building it, usually with "make test".
+The tests are located in the directory "src/testdir".
+
+There are several types of tests added over time:
+	test33.in		oldest, don't add any of these
+	test_something.in	old style tests
+	test_something.vim	new style tests
+
+						*new-style-testing*
+New tests should be added as new style tests.  These use functions such as
+|assert_equal()| to keep the test commands and the expected result in one
+place.
+						*old-style-testing*
+In some cases an old style test needs to be used.  E.g. when testing Vim
+without the |+eval| feature.
+
+Find more information in the file src/testdir/README.txt.
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Test functions				*test-functions-details*
+
+test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})		*test_alloc_fail()*
+		This is for testing: If the memory allocation with {id} is
+		called, then decrement {countdown}, and when it reaches zero
+		let memory allocation fail {repeat} times.  When {repeat} is
+		smaller than one it fails one time.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAllocId()->test_alloc_fail()
+
+test_autochdir()					*test_autochdir()*
+		Set a flag to enable the effect of 'autochdir' before Vim
+		startup has finished.
+
+
+test_feedinput({string})				*test_feedinput()*
+		Characters in {string} are queued for processing as if they
+		were typed by the user. This uses a low level input buffer.
+		This function works only when with |+unix| or GUI is running.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->test_feedinput()
+
+test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
+		Like garbagecollect(), but executed right away.  This must
+		only be called directly to avoid any structure to exist
+		internally, and |v:testing| must have been set before calling
+		any function.
+
+
+test_garbagecollect_soon()			 *test_garbagecollect_soon()*
+		Set the flag to call the garbagecollector as if in the main
+		loop.  Only to be used in tests.
+
+
+test_getvalue({name})					*test_getvalue()*
+		Get the value of an internal variable.  These values for
+		{name} are supported:
+			need_fileinfo
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetName()->test_getvalue()
+
+test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
+		Ignore any error containing {expr}.  A normal message is given
+		instead.
+		This is only meant to be used in tests, where catching the
+		error with try/catch cannot be used (because it skips over
+		following code).
+		{expr} is used literally, not as a pattern.
+		When the {expr} is the string "RESET" then the list of ignored
+		errors is made empty.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetErrorText()->test_ignore_error()
+
+test_null_blob()					*test_null_blob()*
+		Return a |Blob| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_channel()					*test_null_channel()*
+		Return a |Channel| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+		{only available when compiled with the +channel feature}
+
+
+test_null_dict()					*test_null_dict()*
+		Return a |Dict| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_job()						*test_null_job()*
+		Return a |Job| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+		{only available when compiled with the +job feature}
+
+
+test_null_list()					*test_null_list()*
+		Return a |List| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_partial()					*test_null_partial()*
+		Return a |Partial| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_string()					*test_null_string()*
+		Return a |String| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
+		Reset the flag that indicates option {name} was set.  Thus it
+		looks like it still has the default value. Use like this: >
+			set ambiwidth=double
+			call test_option_not_set('ambiwidth')
+<		Now the 'ambiwidth' option behaves like it was never changed,
+		even though the value is "double".
+		Only to be used for testing!
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetOptionName()->test_option_not_set()
+
+
+test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
+		Overrides certain parts of Vim's internal processing to be able
+		to run tests. Only to be used for testing Vim!
+		The override is enabled when {val} is non-zero and removed
+		when {val} is zero.
+		Current supported values for name are:
+
+		name	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
+		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
+		redraw_flag  ignore the RedrawingDisabled flag
+		char_avail   disable the char_avail() function
+		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
+		nfa_fail     makes the NFA regexp engine fail to force a
+			     fallback to the old engine
+		no_query_mouse  do not query the mouse position for "dec"
+				terminals
+		no_wait_return	set the "no_wait_return" flag.  Not restored
+				with "ALL".
+		ALL	     clear all overrides ({val} is not used)
+
+		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
+		startup was done.  Since the tests are run by sourcing a
+		script the "starting" variable is non-zero. This is usually a
+		good thing (tests run faster), but sometimes changes behavior
+		in a way that the test doesn't work properly.
+		When using: >
+			call test_override('starting', 1)
+<		The value of "starting" is saved.  It is restored by: >
+			call test_override('starting', 0)
+
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetOverrideVal()-> test_override('starting')
+
+test_refcount({expr})					*test_refcount()*
+		Return the reference count of {expr}.  When {expr} is of a
+		type that does not have a reference count, returns -1.  Only
+		to be used for testing.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetVarname()->test_refcount()
+
+
+test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})		*test_scrollbar()*
+		Pretend using scrollbar {which} to move it to position
+		{value}.  {which} can be:
+			left	Left scrollbar of the current window
+			right	Right scrollbar of the current window
+			hor	Horizontal scrollbar
+
+		For the vertical scrollbars {value} can be 1 to the
+		line-count of the buffer.  For the horizontal scrollbar the
+		{value} can be between 1 and the maximum line length, assuming
+		'wrap' is not set.
+
+		When {dragging} is non-zero it's like dragging the scrollbar,
+		otherwise it's like clicking in the scrollbar.
+		Only works when the {which} scrollbar actually exists,
+		obviously only when using the GUI.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetValue()->test_scrollbar('right', 0)
+
+test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
+		Set the mouse position to be used for the next mouse action.
+		{row} and {col} are one based.
+		For example: >
+			call test_setmouse(4, 20)
+			call feedkeys("\<LeftMouse>", "xt")
+
+
+test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
+		Set the time Vim uses internally.  Currently only used for
+		timestamps in the history, as they are used in viminfo, and
+		for undo.
+		Using a value of 1 makes Vim not sleep after a warning or
+		error message.
+		{expr} must evaluate to a number.  When the value is zero the
+		normal behavior is restored.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetTime()->test_settime()
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Assert functions				*assert-functions-details*
+
+
+assert_beeps({cmd})					*assert_beeps()*
+		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
+		NOT produce a beep or visual bell.
+		Also see |assert_fails()| and |assert-return|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCmd()->assert_beeps()
+<
+							*assert_equal()*
+assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		When {expected} and {actual} are not equal an error message is
+		added to |v:errors| and 1 is returned.  Otherwise zero is
+		returned |assert-return|.
+		There is no automatic conversion, the String "4" is different
+		from the Number 4.  And the number 4 is different from the
+		Float 4.0.  The value of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case
+		always matters.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected
+		{expected} but got {actual}" is produced.
+		Example: >
+	assert_equal('foo', 'bar')
+<		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+	test.vim line 12: Expected 'foo' but got 'bar' ~
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			mylist->assert_equal([1, 2, 3])
+
+
+<							*assert_equalfile()*
+assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
+		When the files {fname-one} and {fname-two} do not contain
+		exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {fname-one} or {fname-two} does not exist the error will
+		mention that.
+		Mainly useful with |terminal-diff|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLog()->assert_equalfile('expected.log')
+
+
+assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
+		When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
+		message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		This can be used to assert that a command throws an exception.
+		Using the error number, followed by a colon, avoids problems
+		with translations: >
+			try
+			  commandthatfails
+			  call assert_false(1, 'command should have failed')
+			catch
+			  call assert_exception('E492:')
+			endtry
+
+assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])			*assert_fails()*
+		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
+		NOT produce an error.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {error} is given it must match in |v:errmsg|.
+		Note that beeping is not considered an error, and some failing
+		commands only beep.  Use |assert_beeps()| for those.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCmd()->assert_fails('E99:')
+
+assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
+		When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		A value is false when it is zero. When {actual} is not a
+		number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
+		"Expected False but got {actual}" is produced.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetResult()->assert_false()
+
+assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])	 *assert_inrange()*
+		This asserts number and |Float| values.  When {actual}  is lower
+		than {lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added
+		to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
+		"Expected range {lower} - {upper}, but got {actual}" is
+		produced.
+
+								*assert_match()*
+assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		When {pattern} does not match {actual} an error message is
+		added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		{pattern} is used as with |=~|: The matching is always done
+		like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no matter what
+		the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is.
+
+		{actual} is used as a string, automatic conversion applies.
+		Use "^" and "$" to match with the start and end of the text.
+		Use both to match the whole text.
+
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
+		"Pattern {pattern} does not match {actual}" is produced.
+		Example: >
+	assert_match('^f.*o$', 'foobar')
+<		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+	test.vim line 12: Pattern '^f.*o$' does not match 'foobar' ~
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			getFile()->assert_match('foo.*')
+<
+							*assert_notequal()*
+assert_notequal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		The opposite of `assert_equal()`: add an error message to
+		|v:errors| when {expected} and {actual} are equal.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			mylist->assert_notequal([1, 2, 3])
+
+<							*assert_notmatch()*
+assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		The opposite of `assert_match()`: add an error message to
+		|v:errors| when {pattern} matches {actual}.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			getFile()->assert_notmatch('bar.*')
+
+
+assert_report({msg})					*assert_report()*
+		Report a test failure directly, using {msg}.
+		Always returns one.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetMessage()->assert_report()
+
+
+assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_true()*
+		When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		A value is TRUE when it is a non-zero number.  When {actual}
+		is not a number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected True but
+		got {actual}" is produced.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetResult()->assert_true()
+<
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:
--- a/runtime/doc/textprop.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/textprop.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 13
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,13 +6,6 @@

 Displaying text with properties attached.	*textprop* *text-properties*

-THIS IS UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING MAY STILL CHANGE  *E967*
-
-What is not working yet:
- Adjusting column/length when inserting text
- Text properties spanning more than one line
- prop_find()
-

 1. Introduction			|text-prop-intro|
 2. Functions			|text-prop-functions|
@@ -52,11 +45,11 @@ A text property has these fields:

 Property Types ~
 							*E971*
-A text property normally has the name of a property type, which defines 
+A text property normally has the name of a property type, which defines
 how to highlight the text.  The property type can have these entries:
 	"highlight"	name of the highlight group to use
-	"combine"	when TRUE the text property highlighting is combined
-			with any syntax highlighting, when omitted or FALSE the
+	"combine"	when omitted or TRUE the text property highlighting is
+			combined with any syntax highlighting; when FALSE the
 			text property highlighting replaces the syntax
 			highlighting
 	"priority"	when properties overlap, the one with the highest
@@ -94,6 +87,12 @@ and/or ends with a specific character, such as the quote surrounding a string.
 Nevertheless, when text is inserted or deleted the text may need to be parsed
 and the text properties updated.  But this can be done asynchronously.

+
+Internal error *E967*
+
+If you see E967, please report the bug.  You can do this at Github:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/new
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Functions						*text-prop-functions*

@@ -116,6 +115,221 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props})  		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property

+						*prop_add()* *E965*
+prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
+		Attach a text property at position {lnum}, {col}.  {col} is
+		counted in bytes, use one for the first column.
+		If {lnum} is invalid an error is given. *E966*
+		If {col} is invalid an error is given. *E964*
+
+		{props} is a dictionary with these fields:
+		   length	length of text in bytes, can only be used
+				for a property that does not continue in
+				another line; can be zero
+		   end_lnum	line number for the end of text
+		   end_col	column just after the text; not used when
+				"length" is present; when {col} and "end_col"
+				are equal, and "end_lnum" is omitted or equal
+				to {lnum}, this is a zero-width text property
+		   bufnr	buffer to add the property to; when omitted
+				the current buffer is used
+		   id		user defined ID for the property; when omitted
+				zero is used
+		   type		name of the text property type
+		All fields except "type" are optional.
+
+		It is an error when both "length" and "end_lnum" or "end_col"
+		are given.  Either use "length" or "end_col" for a property
+		within one line, or use "end_lnum" and "end_col" for a
+		property that spans more than one line.
+		When neither "length" nor "end_col" are given the property
+		will be zero-width.  That means it will not be highlighted but
+		will move with the text, as a kind of mark.
+		The property can end exactly at the last character of the
+		text, or just after it.  In the last case, if text is appended
+		to the line, the text property size will increase, also when
+		the property type does not have "end_incl" set.
+
+		"type" will first be looked up in the buffer the property is
+		added to. When not found, the global property types are used.
+		If not found an error is given.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
+
+
+prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
+		Remove all text properties from line {lnum}.
+		When {lnum-end} is given, remove all text properties from line
+		{lnum} to {lnum-end} (inclusive).
+
+		When {props} contains a "bufnr" item use this buffer,
+		otherwise use the current buffer.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_clear()
+<
+							*prop_find()*
+prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
+		{not implemented yet}
+		Search for a text property as specified with {props}:
+		   id		property with this ID
+		   type		property with this type name
+		   bufnr	buffer to search in; when present a
+				start position with "lnum" and "col"
+				must be given; when omitted the
+				current buffer is used
+		   lnum		start in this line (when omitted start
+				at the cursor)
+		   col		start at this column (when omitted
+				and "lnum" is given: use column 1,
+				otherwise start at the cursor)
+		   skipstart	do not look for a match at the start
+				position
+
+		{direction} can be "f" for forward and "b" for backward.  When
+		omitted forward search is performed.
+
+		If a match is found then a Dict is returned with the entries
+		as with prop_list(), and additionally an "lnum" entry.
+		If no match is found then an empty Dict is returned.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
+		Return a List with all text properties in line {lnum}.
+
+		When {props} contains a "bufnr" item, use this buffer instead
+		of the current buffer.
+
+		The properties are ordered by starting column and priority.
+		Each property is a Dict with these entries:
+		   col		starting column
+		   length	length in bytes, one more if line break is
+				included
+		   id		property ID
+		   type		name of the property type, omitted if
+				the type was deleted
+		   start	when TRUE property starts in this line
+		   end		when TRUE property ends in this line
+
+		When "start" is zero the property started in a previous line,
+		the current one is a continuation.
+		When "end" is zero the property continues in the next line.
+		The line break after this line is included.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_list()
+<
+						*prop_remove()* *E968*
+prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
+		Remove a matching text property from line {lnum}.  When
+		{lnum-end} is given, remove matching text properties from line
+		{lnum} to {lnum-end} (inclusive).
+		When {lnum} is omitted remove matching text properties from
+		all lines.
+
+		{props} is a dictionary with these fields:
+		   id		remove text properties with this ID
+		   type		remove text properties with this type name
+		   bufnr	use this buffer instead of the current one
+		   all		when TRUE remove all matching text properties,
+				not just the first one
+		A property matches when either "id" or "type" matches.
+		If buffer "bufnr" does not exist you get an error message.
+		If buffer "bufnr" is not loaded then nothing happens.
+
+		Returns the number of properties that were removed.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetProps()->prop_remove()
+
+
+prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
+		Add a text property type {name}.  If a property type with this
+		name already exists an error is given.  Nothing is returned.
+		{props} is a dictionary with these optional fields:
+		   bufnr	define the property only for this buffer; this
+				avoids name collisions and automatically
+				clears the property types when the buffer is
+				deleted.
+		   highlight	name of highlight group to use
+		   priority	when a character has multiple text
+				properties the one with the highest priority
+				will be used; negative values can be used, the
+				default priority is zero
+		   combine	when TRUE combine the highlight with any
+				syntax highlight; when omitted or FALSE syntax
+				highlight will not be used
+		   start_incl	when TRUE inserts at the start position will
+				be included in the text property
+		   end_incl	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
+				included in the text property
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_add(props)
+
+prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
+		Change properties of an existing text property type.  If a
+		property with this name does not exist an error is given.
+		The {props} argument is just like |prop_type_add()|.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_change(props)
+
+prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
+		Remove the text property type {name}.  When text properties
+		using the type {name} are still in place, they will not have
+		an effect and can no longer be removed by name.
+
+		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, delete
+		a property type from this buffer instead of from the global
+		property types.
+
+		When text property type {name} is not found there is no error.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()
+
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
+		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
+		dictionary with the same fields as was given to
+		prop_type_add().
+		When the property type {name} does not exist, an empty
+		dictionary is returned.
+
+		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
+		this buffer instead of the global property types.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_get()
+
+prop_type_list([{props}])				*prop_type_list()*
+		Returns a list with all property type names.
+
+		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
+		this buffer instead of the global property types.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. When text changes				*text-prop-changes*

@@ -126,6 +340,11 @@ will move accordingly.
 When text is deleted and a text property no longer includes any text, it is
 deleted.  However, a text property that was defined as zero-width will remain,
 unless the whole line is deleted.
+								*E275*
+When a buffer is unloaded, all the text properties are gone.  There is no way
+to store the properties in a file.  You can only re-create them.  When a
+buffer is hidden the text is preserved and so are the text properties.  It is
+not possible to add text properties to an unloaded buffer.

 When using replace mode, the text properties stay on the same character
 positions, even though the characters themselves change.
--- a/runtime/doc/todo.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/todo.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,53 +38,21 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------

-Ongoing work on text properties, see src/textprop.c
-
-Popup windows are being implemented, see |popup-window|.
-
-Patch to fix session file when using multiple tabs. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May
-20)
-Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
-remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
-
-Listener causes extra } to be inserted. (Paul Jolly, #4455)
-
-Refactor: Move common things out of evalfunc.c, it's too big.
-
-Template string: review #4491
-
-Terminal test fails when vim is configured with some features. (Dominique,
-#4597)
-
 Popup windows:
+- Use popup (or popup menu) for command line completion
 - Implement flip option
- Have a way to scroll to the bottom? (#4577)
- Why does 'nrformats' leak from the popup window buffer???
- Disable commands, feedkeys(), CTRL-W, etc. in a popup window.
-  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for more commands.
- Add 'balloonpopup': instead of showing text, let the callback open a popup
-  window and return the window ID.   The popup will then be closed when the
-  mouse moves, except when it moves inside the popup.
- For the "moved" property also include mouse movement?
- Can the buffer be re-used if it was the last one, to avoid using up lots of
-  buffer numbers?
- Have an option to attach the popup to a text position, like text properties
-  do. (#4560)
 - Make redrawing more efficient and avoid flicker:
-    - put popup menu also put in popup_mask?
- Invoke filter with character before mapping?
- Figure out the size and position better.
-    if wrapping splits a double-wide character
-    if wrapping inserts indent
- When drawing on top half a double-wide character, display ">" or "<" in the
-  incomplete cell.
- Use a popup window for the "info" item of completion instead of using a
-  preview window.  Ideas in issue #4544.
-  How to add highlighting?
+    - put popup menu also in popup_mask?
+- Any other commands to disable in a popup window?
+  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for these.
+- Figure out the size and position better if wrapping inserts indent

-'incsearch' with :s: (#3321)
- Get E20 when using command history to get "'<,'>s/a/b" and no Visual area
-  was set. (#3837)
+Text properties:
+- Implement prop_find() issue #4970
+- Text properties spanning more than one line
+- See remarks at top of src/textprop.c
+
+'incsearch' with :s:
 - :s/foo  using CTRL-G moves to another line, should not happen, or use the
  correct line (it uses the last but one line) (Lifepillar, Aug 18, #3345)
 - :s@pat/tern@ doesn't include "/" in the pattern. (Takahiro Yoshihara, #3637)
@@ -96,7 +64,7 @@ Popup windows:
  Then :%s?foo should take the first match above the cursor line.

 Prompt buffer:
- Add a command line history.
+- Add a command line history, using up/down keys.  issue #5010
 - delay next prompt until plugin gives OK?
 - add prompt_addtext({buf}, {expr})	none	add text to a prompt buffer

@@ -109,15 +77,13 @@ Terminal debugger:
 - Termdebug does not work when Vim was build with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
  after "run".  Everything else works, including communication channel.  Not
  initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef.
- Add support for lldb?  #3565
+- Add support for lldb?  issue #3565
 - Could we do something similar for debugging Vim scripts?  At least see the
  script while stepping through it.  Simple version would use an extra window.
  More complete solution would actually run Vim in a Terminal and control it
  with another Vim instance.

 Terminal emulator window:
- When typing "exit" in a terminal window with a shell and it's the only
-  window, should exit Vim instead of editing another buffer. (#4539)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
  scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
  And use modeless selection.  #2962
@@ -125,13 +91,10 @@ Terminal emulator window:
  be redrawn.
 - GUI: When using ":set go+=!" a system() call causes the hit-enter prompt.
  (#3327)
- Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907)
 - GUI: hang until key typed. (#3530)
 - Allow for specifying the directory, with ++cwd={dir}.
 - With a vertical split only one window is updated. (Linwei, 2018 Jun 2,
  #2977)
- Add a way to make ":term cmd" run "cmd" in a shell, instead of executing it
-  directly.  Perhaps ":term ++shell cmd". (#3340)
 - When pasting should call vterm_keyboard_start_paste(), e.g. when using
  K_MIDDLEMOUSE, calling insert_reg().
 - Users expect parsing the :term argument like a shell does, also support
@@ -150,40 +113,86 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
  conversions.

+Error numbers available:
+E290, E292, E362, E366, E450, E451, E452,
+E453, E454, E460, E489, E491, E565, E578, E610, E611, E653,
+E654, E856, E857, E860, E861, E863, E889, E900
+
+Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
+manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
+Athena is OK.
+Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
+
+Patch to properly break CJK lines: Anton Kochkov, #3875
+Flag in 'formatoptions' is not used in the tests.
+
+undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
+
+Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
+
 Sound: support on Mac?  Or does libcanberra work there?

-Patch to use forward slash for completion even when 'shellslash' is set.
-Adds 'completepathslash'.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 15, #3612)
-
-Patch to add win_splitmove() function. (Andy Massimino, #4561)
+Patch to fix session file when using multiple tab pages. (Jason Franklin, 2019
+May 20)
+Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
+remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
+Also #4994: window-local options not always restored, related to using :badd.
+Also #5326: netrw buffers are not restored.

 Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
-Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results.  E.g., type "b_" in
-terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
+Happens when typing CTRL-N while still searching for results.  E.g., type "b_"
+in terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
 Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
 (Also #1890)

-Patch to use timers in matchparen. (Daniel Hahler, #1338)
-Ready to include now?
-
 Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
 (#4087)

-Patch to the code to get sign information. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4586)
+Instead of using a syntax error, use #error to fail early when something is
+wrong.  E.g. in vim.h "Error:", and blowfish.c "error!". (#5299)
+
+":helptags ALL" should skip directories where "tags" cannot be written.
+(Matěj Cepl, #5026)

 ":bnext" in a help buffer is supposed to go to the next help buffer, but it
 goes to any buffer, and then :bnext skips help buffers, since they are
 unlisted. (#4478)

-Problem with German spell file.  Hint for solution by Klaus-Peter Schreiner in
-#4314, solves the Rasenmäher problem.
+Enable 'termbidi' if $VTE_VERSION >= 5703 ?
+
+Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
+Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
+
+The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
+support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)  Also #4687
+
+Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
+It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
+Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
+Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
+
+Result of synID() sometimes wrong in help files. (#5252)

 Problem showing a line if the number column width changes when using "o".
 (Mateusz Morusiewicz, #4245)

+When using :packadd for a replacement language plugin, it is loaded after the
+default one.  #4698
+
+When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
+with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
+
+Patch to add new motion ]( and ]{.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #5320)
+
+Modeless selection doesn't work in gvim. (#4783)
+Caused by patch 8.1.1534.
+
 Visual highlight not removed when 'dipslay' is "lastline" and line doesn't
 fit. (Kevin Lawler, #4457)

+Patch to add per-tabpage and per-window previous directory: "lcd -" and "tcd
+-". (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4362)
+
 Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h
 - WINVER conflict, should use 0x0600 by default?
@@ -191,11 +200,55 @@ Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?

-Columns and Rows are long, they should be int.
+Patch to configure BUILD_DATE for reproducible builds. (James McCoy, #513)
+
+Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
+
+Patch to support "0o" for octal numbers. (Ken Takata, #5304)
+
+When getting a focus event halfway a mapping this aborts the mapping.  E.g.
+when "qq" is mapped and after the first "q" the mouse is moved outside of the
+gvim window (with focus follows mouse), then the K_FOCUSLOST key is put in the
+input buffer. (#5302)
+
+xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
+buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
+Xterm 224 supports it!
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
+Also see issue #609.
+We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.
+
+Check_external_diff() is used too often. (Daniel Hahler, #4800)
+
+Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis,
+2007 Feb 18)
+Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3.  Also fixes other scroll wheel problems.
+
+Add a WindowScrolled event.  Trigger around the same time as CursorMoved.
+Can be used to update highlighting. #3127  #5181
+
+Patch for Template string: #4491.  New pull: #4634
+Implementation is too inefficient, avoid using lambda.
+
+Incorrect formatting with autoindent. (Sebastian Gniazdowski, #4909)
+
+Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
+Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>

 Errors found with random data:
    heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472)

+Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
+change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
+patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
+(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
+
+Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
+Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
+
+Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
+
 Improve fallback for menu translations, to avoid having to create lots of
 files that source the actual file.  E.g. menu_da_de -> menu_da
 Include part of #3242?
@@ -203,33 +256,103 @@ Include part of #3242?
 When a terminal exit_cb closes the window, a following typed key is lost, if
 it's in a mapping. (2018 Oct 6, #2302, #3522)

-Patch for Inno Setup: #2739
+Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
+Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
+Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.
+
+Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
+Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
+- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
+  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
+  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
+- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
+  covered by the above change.
+So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
+same thing.  Remarks on PR #543 (Roland Puntaier).
+Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
+
+Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
+t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)
+
+v:register isn't reset early enough, may be used by next command.
+(Andy Massimino, #5294, possible fix in #5305)

 Internal diff doesn't handle binary file like external diff does. (Mike
 Williams, 2018 Oct 30)

+'[ mark in wrong column after put. (#4776)
+
+"exepath('bin/cmd')" does not work while ":!bin/cmd" does work.
+(Daniel Hahler, #4710)  and executable('bin/cmd') returns 1
+
+Error drawing the number column when 'cursorline' is set. (#3893)
+
 Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes?  Issue #3563.

+Add an argument to expandcmd() to expand like ":next" does.
+
+When both "a" and "l" is in 'formatoptions' then auto-formatting also happens
+in a long line. #5189
+
 The quoting of the [command] argument of :terminal is not clearly documented.
 Give a few examples. (#4288)

 Opening a file with --remote-tab-silent that matches 'wildignore' does not
 work, results in (E479: No match". (#4610)

+Patch for this (Tristan Konolige, #1011, only adds the option, no implem.):
+7   Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width?  Lucida
+    Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char).
+    Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'.
+
 Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script
 read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes.  Probably "scriptout" needs to
 be adjusted. (Daniel Steinberg, 2019 Feb 24, #4041)

-":registers" should indicate char/block/linewise.  (Ayberk Aydin, #4546)
+Add a string to the 'display' option ("smoothscroll" ?) to make CTRL-E and
+CTRL-Y scroll one screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start
+with the first character (like what happens with a last line that doesn't
+fit).  Display "<<<" at the start of the first visible line (like "@@@" is
+displayed in the last line). (Arseny Nasokin,  #5154)

 Patch for ambiguous width characters in libvterm on MS-Windows 10.
 (Nobuhiro Takasaki, #4411)

+Window size changes after closing a tab. (#4741)
+
 Problem with colors in terminal window. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May 12)

+Lifepillar: Updated/cleaned up color schemes:
+https://github.com/lifepillar/vim8-colorschemes.
+
+Include a few color schemes, based on popularity:
+http://www.vim.org/scripts/script_search_results.php?keywords=&script_type=color+scheme&order_by=rating&direction=descending&search=search
+http://vimawesome.com/?q=tag:color-scheme
+Use names that indicate their appearance (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 3)
+- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4)
+- seoul256 - Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
+- gruvbox -  Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3) (simplified version from
+      Lifepillar, 2018 Jan 22, #2573)
+- janah - Marco Hinz (2017 Aug 4)
+- apprentice - Romain Lafourcade (2017 Aug 6)  remarks about help file #1964
+Suggested by Hiroki Kokubun:
+- [Iceberg](https://github.com/cocopon/iceberg.vim) (my one)
+- [hybrid](https://github.com/w0ng/vim-hybrid)
+Include solarized color scheme?, it does not support termguicolors.
+- Sanitized version of pablo (Lifepillar, 2017 Nov 21)
+
 Bug: "vipgw" does not put cursor back where it belongs. (Jason Franklin, 2019
 Mar 5)

+Many users don't like 'thesaurus' to match so many words. (#4667, #1611)
+- when the match with the first word is partial, don't add other words on that
+  line.
+- support other file formats, such as comma separated.  Indicate by a prefix
+  to the file in the 'thesaurus' option.
+- 'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file.
+  (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14)
+
 Some composing characters actually add a cell width to the character they are
 on top off, making the whole thing two characters wide. (#4526)

@@ -264,6 +387,9 @@ Support setting the character displayed below the last line?  Neovim uses
 Check: __attribute__((format(printf, on semsg() and siemsg().  Where was this
 added?

+Patch to add a flatten() function.  #3676.  Check that the doc explains the
+maxdepth argument (applies to the input "recursiveness").
+
 Add test for urxvt mouse codes.  Also test that mouse coordinates can be
 negative. (see #4326)

@@ -299,18 +425,14 @@ Not existing directory in CDPATH leads to two shell calls. (#4525)
 Use dict_iterate_start() / dict_iterate_next() instead of relying on the
 internals of the dict structure.

-Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
-manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
-Athena is OK.
-Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
-
 nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678)

 Missing tests for:
 - add_termcap_entry()

-When using exclusive selection and vi" that fails, cursor moves to the left.
-Cursor should not move. (#4024)
+Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
+change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
+them: ":repeats".  Add to history, like search history and command line history.

 Incsearch test fails when locale is "C". (Dominique Pelle, #3986)
 Also run all tests with C locale?
@@ -422,9 +544,6 @@ Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535)
 Patch to specify color for cterm=underline and cterm=undercurl, like "guisp".
 Patch #2405 does something like this, but in the wrong way.

-:pedit resets the 'buflisted' option unexpectedly. (Wang Shidong, 2018 Oct 12,
-#3536)
-
 home_replace() uses $HOME instead of "homedir". (Cesar Martins, 2018 Aug 9)

 When the status line uses term_gettitle(), it does not get updated when the
@@ -433,9 +552,6 @@ How would we know that the status line needs to be updated?

 Adjust windows installer explanation of behavior. (scootergrisen, #3310)

-Set g:actual_curbuf when evaluating 'statusline', not just with an expression.
-(Daniel Hahler, 2018 Aug 8, #3299)
-
 Update for xim-input-style help (Tony Mechelynck, 2019 Jan 10).
 Feedback from someone who uses this?

@@ -454,9 +570,6 @@ Further xdiff changes:

 Difference between two regexp engines: #3373

-Patch to properly break CJK lines: #3875
-Requires more tests.  dbcs_ functions are not implemented.
-
 Patch to add ch_listen() (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 26, #3639)
 What is the practical use for this?

@@ -464,19 +577,26 @@ When the last line wraps, selecting with the mouse below that line only
 includes the first screen line. (2018 Aug 23, #3368)

 Refactored HTML indent file. (Michael Lee, #1821)
-Ask to write a test first.
+Asked to write a test.

 MS-Windows: .lnk file not resolved properly when 'encoding' is set.
 (lkintact, 2018 Sep 22, #3473)

 Merge checking for 'cursorline' and 'concealcursor', see neovim #9492.

+Display error when a conceal match uses '\%>1l'. (#4854)
+
+Add a windowID argument to placing a sign, so that it only shows up in one
+window for the buffer.
+
 Request to add sign_setlist() to make it faster to add a lot of signs, e.g.
 when adding a sign for every quickfix entry. (#4557)

 Win32 key codes are messy.  Mike Williams tried to fix that, but now old
 mappings no longer work.  Create a new terminal for the better solution?

+Patch to "fix" 'visualbell'. Add option to set delay?  (#1789)
+
 Script generated by :mksession does not work well if there are windows with
 modified buffers
  change "silent only" into "silent only!"
@@ -520,9 +640,9 @@ Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
 Patch to add digraph() function. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22, update Aug
 24)

-Try out background make plugin: 
+Try out background make plugin:
  https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
-or asyncmake: 
+or asyncmake:
  https://github.com/yegappan/asyncmake

 Add a ModeChanged autocommand that has an argument indicating the old and new
@@ -534,9 +654,6 @@ used for git temp files.

 Cursor in wrong position when line wraps. (#2540)

-Patch to parse ":line" in tags file and use it for search. (Daniel Hahler,
-#2546)  Fixes #1057.  Missing a test.
-
 Setting 'columns' in a BufEnter autocommand causes a second tab width to
 behave strangely, as if there is a gap and a vertical window separator.
 (Michael Soyka, 2018 Sep 23, #3477)
@@ -547,9 +664,6 @@ pass an expression to evaluate.  Allow passing zero for "never skip".
 Add an option similar to 'lazyredraw' to skip redrawing while executing a
 script or function.

-Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
-Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
-
 When using a menu item while the "more" prompt is displayed doesn't work well.
 E.g. after using help->version.  Have a key that ends the "more" prompt and
 does nothing otherwise?
@@ -579,9 +693,6 @@ With 'foldmethod' "indent" and appending an empty line, what follows isn't
 included in the existing fold.  Deleting the empty line and undo fixes it.
 (Oleg Koshovetc, 2018 Jul 15, #3214)

-When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
-with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
-
 Patch to support "xxd -ps". (Erik Auerswald, 2018 May 1)
 Lacks a test.

@@ -723,7 +834,7 @@ Problem with 'delcombine'. (agguser, 2017 Nov 10, #2313)
 MS-Windows: buffer completion doesn't work when using backslash (or slash)
 for a path separator. (xtal8, #2201)

-Would be nice for insert mode completion to highlight the text that was added
+Would be nice for Insert mode completion to highlight the text that was added
 (and may change when picking another completion).

 Test runtime files.
@@ -746,32 +857,13 @@ The ":move" command does not honor closed folds. (Ryan Lue, #2351)
 Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
 set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)

-Patch to make gM move to middle of line. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, Sep 8, #2070)
-
 Cannot copy modeless selection when cursor is inside it. (lkintact, #2300)

-Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
-It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
-Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
-Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
-
 Test_writefile_fails_conversion failure on Solaris because if different iconv
 behavior.  Skip when "uname" returns "SunOS"? (Pavel Heimlich, #1872)

 'tagrelative' is broken in specific situation. (xaizek, 2017 Oct 19, #2221)

-All functions are global, which makes functions like get() and len() awkward.
-For the future use the ~get() and ~len() syntax, e.g.:
-    mylist~get(idx)
-    mydict~get(idx)
-    mystring~len()
-Alternatives for ~:
-    ^  list^get()    could also be used
-    .  list.get()    already means concatenate
-    $  list$get()    harder to read
-    @  list@get()    harder to read
-    ->  list->get()  two characters, used for lambda
-
 The ++ options for the :edit command are also useful on the Vim command line.

 When recovering a file, put the swap file name in b:recovered_swapfile.  Then
@@ -791,22 +883,6 @@ Seems to happen when the selection is requested the second time, but before
 clip_x11_convert_selection_cb() is invoked, thus in X library code.
 Kazunobu Kuriyama is working on a proper fix. (2017 Jul 25)

-Include a few color schemes, based on popularity:
-http://www.vim.org/scripts/script_search_results.php?keywords=&script_type=color+scheme&order_by=rating&direction=descending&search=search
-http://vimawesome.com/?q=tag:color-scheme
-Use names that indicate their appearance (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 3)
- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4) 
- seoul256 - Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
- gruvbox -  Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3) (simplified version from
-      Lifepillar, 2018 Jan 22, #2573)
- janah - Marco Hinz (2017 Aug 4)
- apprentice - Romain Lafourcade (2017 Aug 6)  remarks about help file #1964
-Suggested by Hiroki Kokubun:
- [Iceberg](https://github.com/cocopon/iceberg.vim) (my one)
- [hybrid](https://github.com/w0ng/vim-hybrid)
-Include solarized color scheme?, it does not support termguicolors.
- Sanitized version of pablo (Lifepillar, 2017 Nov 21)
-
 Problem with three-piece comment. (Michael Lee, 2017 May 11, #1696)

 Creating a partial with an autoload function is confused about the "self"
@@ -879,8 +955,6 @@ Memory leak in test97?  The string is actually freed.  Weird.
 assert_fails() can only check for the first error.  Make it possible to have
 it catch multiple errors and check all of them.

-New value "uselast" for 'switchbuf'. (Lemonboy, 2017 Apr 23, #1652)
-
 Add a toolbar in the terminal.  Can be global, above all windows, or specific
 for one window.

@@ -968,10 +1042,6 @@ somewhere else.  :{range}copy {dest} !cmd
 Patch to fix that empty first tab is not in session.
 (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Nov 25, #1282)

-Patch to add random number generator. (Hong Xu, 2010 Nov 8, update Nov 10)
-Alternative from Christian Brabandt. (2010 Sep 19)
-New one from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1277.
-
 Patch to fix escaping of job arguments. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Oct 5)
 Update Oct 14: https://gist.github.com/mattn/d47e7d3bfe5ade4be86062b565a4bfca
 Update Aug 2017: #1954
@@ -1027,10 +1097,6 @@ Patch to make it possible to extend a list with itself.

 Patch to add Zstandard compressed file support. (Nick Terrell, 2016 Oct 24)

-Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
-
-Patch to change argument of :marks. (LemonBoy, 2017 Jan 29, #1426)
-
 On Windows buffer completion sees backslash as escape char instead of path
 separator. (Toffanim, 2016 Nov 24, #1274)

@@ -1050,6 +1116,10 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 4#1038)

 +channel:
+- Add a in_cb, invoked when the write buffer has become empty. (Matteo Landi)
+- Add ch_readlines(): for a channel in NL mode, reads as many lines as are
+  available.  Should be more efficient than looping over ch_read() with
+  ch_status() to check for more.
 - Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
  msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
@@ -1129,8 +1199,6 @@ Regexp problems:
  Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
  (2017 May 15, #1252)

-Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
-
 Feature request: Complete members of a dictionary. (Luc Hermitte, 2017 Jan 4,
 #1350)

@@ -1146,11 +1214,6 @@ Include the test.
 When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
 command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)

-Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
-change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
-patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
-(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
-
 Idea from Sven: record sequence of keys.  Useful to show others what they are
 doing (look over the shoulder), and also to see what happened.
 Probably list of keystrokes, with some annotations for mode changes.
@@ -1233,9 +1296,6 @@ Reject the value? #710.
 When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
 Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)

-Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
-Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>
-
 Add redrawtabline command. (Naruhiko Nishino, 2016 Jun 11)

 Neovim patch for utfc_ptr2char_len() https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/4574
@@ -1297,10 +1357,6 @@ Also need to run update-desktop-database (Kuriyama Kazunobu, 2015 Nov 4)
 Test object i{ and it do not behave the same. #1379
 Do not include the linebreak at the start?

-Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
-Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
-Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3).  Still needs more work.
-
 Feature request: add the "al" text object, to manipulate a screen line.
 Especially useful when using 'linebreak'

@@ -1316,9 +1372,6 @@ If ":bd" also closes a Tab page then the " mark is not set.  (Harm te Hennepe,
 Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)

-Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
-Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
-
 Patch to show search statistics. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 22)

 When the CursorMovedI event triggers, and CTRL-X was typed, a script cannot
@@ -1437,18 +1490,6 @@ Patch to fix checking global option value when not using it.
 When 'showbreak' is set repeating a Visual operation counts the size of the
 'showbreak' text as part of the operation. (Axel Bender, 2015 Jul 20)

-Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
-Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
-  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
-  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
-  covered by the above change.
-So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
-same thing.  Remarks on issue 543 (Roland Puntaier).
-Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
-
 Patch to add grepfile(). (Scott Prager, 2015 May 26)
 Work in progress.

@@ -1521,10 +1562,6 @@ Patch for building a 32bit Vim with 64bit MingW compiler.
 Patch: On MS-Windows shellescape() may have to triple double quotes.
 (Ingo Karkat, 2015 Jan 16)

-Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
-change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
-them: ":repeats".
-
 Patch for glob(), adding slash to normal files. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Dec 22)

 When entering and leaving the preview window autocommands are triggered, but
@@ -1561,14 +1598,6 @@ compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
 Spell checking: Add a feature to only consider two spaces after a dot to start
 a new sentence.  Don't give the capitalization error when there is one space.

-xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
-buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
-Xterm 224 supports it!
-Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
-Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
-Also see issue #609.
-We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.
-
 Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
 right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
 its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
@@ -1869,12 +1898,6 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)

-The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
-support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)
-
-'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
-highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
-
 Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
 New feature, requires testing.  Made some remarks.

@@ -2118,10 +2141,6 @@ Looks like only bash can do it. (Yakov Lerner)
 Cscope "cs add" stopped working somewhat before 7.2.438. (Gary Johnson, 2010
 Jun 29)  Caused by 7.2.433?

-I often see pasted text (from Firefox, to Vim in xterm) appear twice.
-Also, Vim in xterm sometimes loses copy/paste ability (probably after running
-an external command).
-
 Jumplist doesn't work properly in Insert mode? (Jean Johner, 2010 Mar 20)

 Problem with transparent cmdline.  Also: Terminal title is wrong with
@@ -2489,7 +2508,7 @@ Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2.
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 31.

 The utf class table is missing some entries:
-	0x2212, minus sign 
+	0x2212, minus sign
 	0x2217, star
 	0x2500, bar
 	0x26ab, circle
@@ -2684,10 +2703,6 @@ patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22)
 Win32: compiling with normal features and OLE fails.  Patch by Mathias
 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 4.

-Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis,
-2007 Feb 18)
-Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3.  Also fixes other scroll wheel problems.
-
 Win32: using CTRL-S in Insert mode doesn't remove the "+" from the tab pages
 label.  (Tsakiridis, 2007 Feb 18)  Patch from Ian Kelling, 2008 Aug 6.

@@ -2717,10 +2732,6 @@ If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.
 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for
 windows. (Adam George)

-F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a
-modifier key.  Need to catch three different sequences.  Use K_ZF1, like
-K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2)
-
 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through
 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28)

@@ -2770,7 +2781,7 @@ Ruby completion is insecure.  Can this be fixed?

 When 'backupskip' is set from $TEMP special characters need to be escaped.
 (patch by Grembowietz, 2007 Feb 26, not quite right)
-Another problem is that file_pat_to_reg_pat() doesn't recognize "\\", so "\\(" 
+Another problem is that file_pat_to_reg_pat() doesn't recognize "\\", so "\\("
 will be seen as a path separator plus "\(".

 gvim d:\path\path\(FILE).xml should not remove the \ before the (.
@@ -2855,12 +2866,6 @@ Setting 'background' resets the Normal background color:
 This is undesired, 'background' is supposed to tell Vim what the background
 color is, not reset it.

-Linux distributions:
- Suggest compiling xterm with --enable-tcap-query, so that nr of colors is
-  known to Vim.  88 colors instead of 16 works better.  See ":help
-  xfree-xterm".
- Suggest including bare "vi" and "vim" with X11, syntax, etc.
-
 Completion menu: For a wrapping line, completing a long file name, only the
 start of the path is shown in the menu.  Should move the menu to the right to
 show more text of the completions.  Shorten the items that don't fit in the
@@ -2875,12 +2880,6 @@ the buffer is displayed. (Antonios Tsakiridis)
 When ":cn" moves to an error in the same line the message isn't shortened.
 Only skip shortening for ":cc"?

-Write "making vim work better" for the docs (mostly pointers): *nice*
-    - sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
-    - setting 'mouse' to "a"
-    - getting colors in xterm
-    - compiling Vim with X11, GUI, etc.
-
 Problem with ":call" and dictionary function. Hari Krishna Dara, Charles
 Campbell 2006 Jul 06.

@@ -2974,11 +2973,6 @@ When 'encoding' is utf-8 typing text at the end of the line causes previously
 typed characters to be redrawn.  Caused by patch 7.1.329. (Tyler Spivey, 2008
 Sep 3, 11)

-When Vim in an xterm owns the selection and the user does ":shell" Vim doesn't
-respond to selection requests.  Invoking XtDisownSelection() before executing
-the shell doesn't help.  Would require forking and doing a message loop, like
-what happens for the GUI.
-
 ":vimgrep" does not recognize a recursive symlink.  Is it possible to detect
 this, at least for Unix (using device/inode)?

@@ -3013,8 +3007,6 @@ More patches:
 -   Add 'cscopeignorecase' option. (Liang Wenzhi, 2006 Sept 3)
 -   Extra argument to strtrans() to translate special keys to their name (Eric
    Arnold, 2006 May 22)
-   'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file.
-    (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14)
 -   Mac: indicate whether a buffer was modified. (Nicolas Weber, 2006 Jun 30)
 -   Allow negative 'nrwidth' for left aligning. (Nathan Laredo, 2006 Aug 16)
 -   ml_append_string(): efficiently append to an existing line. (Brad
@@ -3069,11 +3061,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
    use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not
    been given values.
    Add section in help files for these highlight groups?
-8   "fg" and "bg" don't work in an xterm.  Get default colors from xterm
-    with an ESC sequence.
-    xterm can send colors for many things.  E.g. for the cursor:
-	<Esc>]12;?<Bel>
-    Can use this to get the background color and restore the colors on exit.
 7   Add "DefaultFG" and "DefaultBG" for the colors of the menu. (Marcin
    Dalecki has a patch for Motif and Carbon)
 -   Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran).  Or put a
@@ -3275,9 +3262,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
 8   When the 'shell' cannot be executed, should give an appropriate error msg.
    Esp. for a filter command, currently it only complains the file could not
    be read.
-7   Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width?  Lucida
-    Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char).
-    Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'.
 7   At the hit-enter prompt scrolling now no longer works.  Need to use the
    keyboard to get around this.  Pretend <CR> was hit when the user tries to
    scroll?
@@ -3670,7 +3654,6 @@ Macintosh:
 8   Xterm sends ^[[H for <Home> and ^[[F for <End> in some mode.  Also
    recognize these keys?  Mostly useful for xterm simulators, like gnometerm.
    See http://dickey.his.com/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style.
-8   For xterm also recognize keypad up/down/left/right and insert.
 8   '[ and '] should be set to start/end of line when using a linewise operator
    (e.g., ":w").
 8   CTRL-A can't handle big "long" numbers, they become negative.  Check for
@@ -3685,10 +3668,6 @@ Macintosh:
    filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim".
 8   For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to
    check for file marks.  This can be slow.
-7   In xterm, recognize both vt100 and vt220 cursor keys.  Change
-    add_termcode() to not remove an existing entry for a name, when it's
-    needed.
-    Need a generic solution to recognize different codes for the same key.
 8   Core dump within signal function: gdb doesn't show stack backtrace!  Option
    to skip catch_signals()?
 9   Repeating a "cw" with "." doesn't work if the text was pasted from the
@@ -3969,7 +3948,7 @@ Tab pages:

 Spell checking:
 -   Support more regions? Caolan McNamara argues it's needed for es_XX.
-    https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777    
+    https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777
 -   Unicode defines another quote character: 0x2019.  Use it as an equivalent
    of a single quote, thus use it as a word character like a quote and match
    with words, replacing the curly quote with a single quote.
@@ -4359,8 +4338,6 @@ Vim script language:
    to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)?
 8   Add referring to key options with "&t_xx".  Both for "echo &t_xx" and
    ":let &t_xx =".  Useful for making portable mappings.
-   Add ":let var ?= value", conditional assignment.  Patch by Dave Eggum,
-    2006 Dec 11.
 -   range for ":exec", pass it on to the executed command.  (Webb)
 8   ":{range}source": source the lines from the current file.
 	You can already yank lines and use :@" to execute them.
@@ -4622,9 +4599,6 @@ Messages:


 Screen updating:
-7   Add a string to the 'display' option to make CTRL-E and CTRL-Y scroll one
-    screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start with the
-    first character (like what happens with a single line that doesn't fit).
 -   screen_line():
    - insert/delete character stuff.
    - improve delete rest of line (spaces at end of line).
--- a/runtime/doc/uganda.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/uganda.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 17
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Check the ICCF web site for the latest information!  See |iccf| for the URL.
 USA:		The methods mentioned below can be used.
 		Sending a check to the Nehemiah Group Outreach Society (NGOS)
 		is no longer possible, unfortunately. We are looking for
-		another way to get you an IRS tax receipt. 
+		another way to get you an IRS tax receipt.
 		For sponsoring a child contact KCF in Canada (see below). US
 		checks can be sent to them to lower banking costs.

--- a/runtime/doc/undo.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/undo.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07


 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ respectively:
 		(the magic number at the start of the file is wrong), then
 		this fails, unless the ! was added.
 		If it exists and does look like an undo file it is
-		overwritten. If there is no undo-history, nothing will be 
+		overwritten. If there is no undo-history, nothing will be
 		written.
 		Implementation detail: Overwriting happens by first deleting
 		the existing file and then creating a new file with the same
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_01.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_01.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Jul 15
+*usr_01.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ the commands and options used for it.  Use these two commands:
 	Press  CTRL-O  to jump back (repeat to go further back).

 Many links are in vertical bars, like this: |bars|.  The bars themselves may
-be hidden or invisible, see below.  An option name, like 'number', a command
+be hidden or invisible; see below.  An option name, like 'number', a command
 in double quotes like ":write" and any other word can also be used as a link.
 Try it out: Move the cursor to  CTRL-]  and press CTRL-] on it.

-Other subjects can be found with the ":help" command, see |help.txt|.
+Other subjects can be found with the ":help" command; see |help.txt|.

 The bars and stars are usually hidden with the |conceal| feature.  They also
 use |hl-Ignore|, using the same color for the text as the background.  You can
@@ -101,14 +101,14 @@ For more info see |vimrc| and |compatible-default|.
 	alternative called "evim" (easy Vim).  This is still Vim, but used in
 	a way that resembles a click-and-type editor like Notepad.  It always
 	stays in Insert mode, thus it feels very different.  It is not
-	explained in the user manual, since it should be mostly self
-	explanatory.  See |evim-keys| for details.
+	explained in the user manual, since it should be mostly
+	self-explanatory.  See |evim-keys| for details.

 ==============================================================================
 *01.3*	Using the Vim tutor				*tutor* *vimtutor*

 Instead of reading the text (boring!) you can use the vimtutor to learn your
-first Vim commands.  This is a 30 minute tutorial that teaches the most basic
+first Vim commands.  This is a 30-minute tutorial that teaches the most basic
 Vim functionality hands-on.

 On Unix, if Vim has been properly installed, you can start it from the shell:
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_02.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_02.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Mar 14
+*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -255,11 +255,11 @@ restores the character.

 	g intelligent turtle ~

-The next u command restores the next-to-last character deleted:
+The next "u" command restores the next-to-last character deleted:

 	ng intelligent turtle ~

-The next u command gives you the u, and so on:
+The next "u" command gives you the u, and so on:

 	ung intelligent turtle ~
 	oung intelligent turtle ~
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ To exit, use the "ZZ" command.  This command writes the file and exits.
 	Unlike many other editors, Vim does not automatically make a backup
 	file.  If you type "ZZ", your changes are committed and there's no
 	turning back.  You can configure the Vim editor to produce backup
-	files, see |07.4|.
+	files; see |07.4|.


 DISCARDING CHANGES
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ message and refuse to exit:
 	E37: No write since last change (use ! to override) ~

 By specifying the override, you are in effect telling Vim, "I know that what
-I'm doing looks stupid, but I'm a big boy and really want to do this."
+I'm doing looks stupid, but I really want to do this."

 If you want to continue editing with Vim: The ":e!" command reloads the
 original version of the file.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
   command argument %: >
   	:help c_%

-8) Ex-commands always start with ":", so to go to the :s command help: >
+8) Ex-commands always start with ":", so to go to the ":s" command help: >
 	:help :s

 9) Commands specifically for debugging start with ">".  To go to the help
@@ -561,22 +561,23 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 10) Key combinations.  They usually start with a single letter indicating
    the mode for which they can be used.  E.g.: >
   	:help i_CTRL-X
-<    takes you to the family of Ctrl-X commands for insert mode which can be
-    used to auto complete different things.  Note, that certain keys will
+<    takes you to the family of CTRL-X commands for insert mode which can be
+    used to auto-complete different things.  Note, that certain keys will
    always be written the same, e.g. Control will always be CTRL.
    For normal mode commands there is no prefix and the topic is available at
    :h CTRL-<Letter>. E.g.  >
   	:help CTRL-W
 <    In contrast >
 	:help c_CTRL-R
-<    will describe what the Ctrl-R does when entering commands in the Command
+<    will describe what the CTRL-R does when entering commands in the Command
    line and >
-   	:help v_Ctrl-A
+   	:help v_CTRL-A
 <    talks about incrementing numbers in visual mode and >
 	:help g_CTRL-A
-<    talks about the g<C-A> command (e.g. you have to press "g" then <Ctrl-A>).
-    Here the "g" stand for the normal command "g" which always expects a second
-    key before doing something similar to the commands starting with "z"
+<    talks about the "g<C-A>" command (e.g. you have to press "g" then
+    <CTRL-A>).  Here the "g" stand for the normal command "g" which always
+    expects a second key before doing something similar to the commands
+    starting with "z"

 11) Regexp items always start with /.  So to get help for the "\+" quantifier
    in Vim regexes: >
@@ -647,15 +648,16 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 <    Also if you want to access a certain chapter in the help, the chapter
    number can be accessed directly like this: >
    	:help 10.1
-<    goes to chapter 10.1 in |usr_10.txt| and talks about recording macros.
+<    which goes to chapter 10.1 in |usr_10.txt| and talks about recording
+    macros.

 19) Highlighting groups.  Always start with hl-groupname.  E.g. >
    	:help hl-WarningMsg
 <    talks about the WarningMsg highlighting group.

-20) Syntax highlighting is namespaced to :syn-topic e.g. >
+20) Syntax highlighting is namespaced to :syn-topic.  E.g. >
 	:help :syn-conceal
-<    talks about the conceal argument for the :syn command.
+<    talks about the conceal argument for the ":syn" command.

 21) Quickfix commands usually start with :c while location list commands
    usually start with :l
@@ -688,7 +690,7 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 <    takes you exactly to the description of the swap error message and >
 	:help W10
 <    talks about the warning "Changing a readonly file".
-    Sometimes however, those error codes are not described, but rather are
+    Sometimes, however, those error codes are not described, but rather are
    listed at the Vim command that usually causes this.  So: >
    	:help E128
 <    takes you to the |:function| command
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_03.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_03.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Jul 21
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ The "$" command moves the cursor to the end of a line.  If your keyboard has
 an <End> key it will do the same thing.

 The "^" command moves to the first non-blank character of the line.  The "0"
-command (zero) moves to the very first character of the line.  The <Home> key
-does the same thing.  In a picture:
+command (zero) moves to the very first character of the line, and the <Home>
+key does the same thing.  In a picture:

 		  ^
 	     <------------
@@ -221,7 +221,8 @@ you can see?  This figure shows the three commands you can use:
 		L -->	| text sample text	    |
 			+---------------------------+

-Hints: "H" stands for Home, "M" for Middle and "L" for Last.
+Hints: "H" stands for Home, "M" for Middle and "L" for Last.  Alternatively,
+"H" for high, "M" for Middle and "L" for low.

 ==============================================================================
 *03.6*	Telling where you are
@@ -298,22 +299,22 @@ To scroll one line at a time use CTRL-E (scroll up) and CTRL-Y (scroll down).
 Think of CTRL-E to give you one line Extra.  (If you use MS-Windows compatible
 key mappings CTRL-Y will redo a change instead of scroll.)

-To scroll forward by a whole screen (except for two lines) use CTRL-F.  The
-other way is backward, CTRL-B is the command to use.  Fortunately CTRL-F is
-Forward and CTRL-B is Backward, that's easy to remember.
+To scroll forward by a whole screen (except for two lines) use CTRL-F.  To
+scroll backwards, use CTRL-B.  These should be easy to remember: F for
+Forwards and B for Backwards.

 A common issue is that after moving down many lines with "j" your cursor is at
 the bottom of the screen.  You would like to see the context of the line with
 the cursor.  That's done with the "zz" command.

 	+------------------+		 +------------------+
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |   zz  -->	 | line with cursor |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| some text	   |		 | some text	    |
-	| line with cursor |		 | some text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | earlier text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | earlier text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | earlier text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |   zz  -->	 | line with cursor |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | later text	    |
+	| earlier text	   |		 | later text	    |
+	| line with cursor |		 | later text	    |
 	+------------------+		 +------------------+

 The "zt" command puts the cursor line at the top, "zb" at the bottom.  There
@@ -353,7 +354,7 @@ The "?" command works like "/" but searches backwards: >

 The "N" command repeats the last search the opposite direction.  Thus using
 "N" after a "/" command searches backwards, using "N" after "?" searches
-forward.
+forwards.


 IGNORING CASE
@@ -462,8 +463,8 @@ really jump to that location.  Or type more to change the search string.
 	:set nowrapscan

 This stops the search at the end of the file.  Or, when you are searching
-backwards, at the start of the file.  The 'wrapscan' option is on by default,
-thus searching wraps around the end of the file.
+backwards, it stops the search at the start of the file.  The 'wrapscan'
+option is on by default, thus searching wraps around the end of the file.


 INTERMEZZO
@@ -485,7 +486,8 @@ Vim.  Example: >
 	Go:set hlsearch<Esc>

 "G" moves to the end of the file.  "o" starts a new line, where you type the
-":set" command.  You end insert mode with <Esc>.  Then write the file: >
+":set" command.  You end insert mode with <Esc>.  Then write and close the
+file: >

 	ZZ

@@ -499,8 +501,8 @@ Regular expressions are an extremely powerful and compact way to specify a
 search pattern.  Unfortunately, this power comes at a price, because regular
 expressions are a bit tricky to specify.
   In this section we mention only a few essential ones.  More about search
-patterns and commands in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.  You can find the full
-explanation here: |pattern|.
+patterns and commands can be found in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.  You can find
+the full explanation here: |pattern|.


 BEGINNING AND END OF A LINE
@@ -526,9 +528,9 @@ And with "/^the" we find this one:
 	the solder holding one of the chips melted and the ~
 	xxx

-You can try searching with "/^the$", it will only match a single line
-consisting of "the".  White space does matter here, thus if a line contains a
-space after the word, like "the ", the pattern will not match.
+You can try searching with "/^the$"; it will only match a single line
+consisting entirely of "the".  White space does matter here, thus if a line
+contains a space after the word, like "the ", the pattern will not match.


 MATCHING ANY SINGLE CHARACTER
@@ -563,20 +565,20 @@ where you came from, use this command: >

 This ` is a backtick or open single-quote character.
   If you use the same command a second time you will jump back again.  That's
-because the ` command is a jump itself, and the position from before this jump
-is remembered.
+because the "`" command is a jump itself, and the position from before this
+jump is remembered.

 Generally, every time you do a command that can move the cursor further than
 within the same line, this is called a jump.  This includes the search
 commands "/" and "n" (it doesn't matter how far away the match is).  But not
 the character searches with "fx" and "tx" or the word movements "w" and "e".
-   Also, "j" and "k" are not considered to be a jump.  Even when you use a
+   Also, "j" and "k" are not considered to be a jump, even when you use a
 count to make them move the cursor quite a long way away.

-The `` command jumps back and forth, between two points.  The CTRL-O command
+The "``" command jumps back and forth, between two points.  The CTRL-O command
 jumps to older positions (Hint: O for older).  CTRL-I then jumps back to newer
-positions (Hint: I is just next to O on the keyboard).  Consider this sequence
-of commands: >
+positions (Hint: for many common keyboard layouts, I is just next to O).
+Consider this sequence of commands: >

 	33G
 	/^The
@@ -614,9 +616,9 @@ Thus to move to the a mark:
 >
 	`a

-The command 'mark (single quotation mark, or apostrophe) moves you to the
-beginning of the line containing the mark.  This differs from the `mark
-command, which moves you to marked column.
+The command "'mark" (single quotation mark, or apostrophe) moves you to the
+beginning of the line containing the mark.  This differs from the "`mark"
+command, which also moves you to the marked column.

 The marks can be very useful when working on two related parts in a file.
 Suppose you have some text near the start of the file you need to look at,
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_04.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_04.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
+*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ using a count: "4x" deletes four characters.
 move word command.  In fact, the "d" command may be followed by any motion
 command, and it deletes from the current location to the place where the
 cursor winds up.
-   The "4w" command, for example, moves the cursor over four words.  The d4w
+   The "4w" command, for example, moves the cursor over four words.  The "d4w"
 command deletes four words.

 	To err is human. To really foul up you need a computer. ~
@@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ This "c2wbe<Esc>" contains these bits:
 	be	insert this text
 	<Esc>	back to Normal mode

-If you have paid attention, you will have noticed something strange: The space
-before "human" isn't deleted.  There is a saying that for every problem there
-is an answer that is simple, clear, and wrong.  That is the case with the
-example used here for the "cw" command.  The c operator works just like the
-d operator, with one exception: "cw".  It actually works like "ce", change to
-end of word.  Thus the space after the word isn't included.  This is an
-exception that dates back to the old Vi.  Since many people are used to it
-now, the inconsistency has remained in Vim.
+You will have noticed something strange: The space before "human" isn't
+deleted.  There is a saying that for every problem there is an answer that is
+simple, clear, and wrong.  That is the case with the example used here for the
+"cw" command.  The c operator works just like the d operator, with one
+exception: "cw".  It actually works like "ce", change to end of word.  Thus
+the space after the word isn't included.  This is an exception that dates back
+to the old Vi.  Since many people are used to it now, the inconsistency has
+remained in Vim.


 MORE CHANGES
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Insert mode and append new text.
 SHORTCUTS

 Some operator-motion commands are used so often that they have been given a
-single letter command:
+single-letter command:

 	x  stands for  dl  (delete character under the cursor)
 	X  stands for  dh  (delete character left of the cursor)
@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ REPLACING WITH ONE CHARACTER
 The "r" command is not an operator.  It waits for you to type a character, and
 will replace the character under the cursor with it.  You could do the same
 with "cl" or with the "s" command, but with "r" you don't have to press <Esc>
+to get back out of insert mode.

 	there is somerhing grong here ~
 	rT	     rt    rw
@@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ The "." command is one of the most simple yet powerful commands in Vim.  It
 repeats the last change.  For instance, suppose you are editing an HTML file
 and want to delete all the <B> tags.  You position the cursor on the first <
 and delete the <B> with the command "df>".  You then go to the < of the next
-</B> and kill it using the "." command.  The "." command executes the last
+</B> and delete it using the "." command.  The "." command executes the last
 change command (in this case, "df>").  To delete another tag, position the
 cursor on the < and use the "." command.

@@ -176,8 +177,8 @@ cursor on the < and use the "." command.
 	f<   find next <		       ------------->
 	.    repeat df>					    -->

-The "." command works for all changes you make, except for the "u" (undo),
-CTRL-R (redo) and commands that start with a colon (:).
+The "." command works for all changes you make, except for "u" (undo), CTRL-R
+(redo) and commands that start with a colon (:).

 Another example: You want to change the word "four" to "five".  It appears
 several times in your text.  You can do this quickly with this sequence of
@@ -201,7 +202,8 @@ change.  Then you can use Visual mode.
 You start Visual mode by pressing "v".  You move the cursor over the text you
 want to work on.  While you do this, the text is highlighted.  Finally type
 the operator command.
-   For example, to delete from halfway one word to halfway another word:
+   For example, to delete from the middle of one word to the middle of another
+word:

 		This is an examination sample of visual mode ~
 			       ---------->
@@ -269,8 +271,8 @@ where they open a new line below or above the cursor.
 ==============================================================================
 *04.5*	Moving text

-When you delete something with the "d", "x", or another command, the text is
-saved.  You can paste it back by using the p command.  (The Vim name for
+When you delete something with "d", "x", or another command, the text is
+saved.  You can paste it back by using the "p" command.  (The Vim name for
 this is put).
   Take a look at how this works.  First you will delete an entire line, by
 putting the cursor on the line you want to delete and typing "dd".  Now you
@@ -362,11 +364,11 @@ Use "y$" to yank to the end of the line.

 If you are using the GUI version of Vim (gvim), you can find the "Copy" item
 in the "Edit" menu.  First select some text with Visual mode, then use the
-Edit/Copy menu.  The selected text is now copied to the clipboard.  You can
-paste the text in other programs.  In Vim itself too.
+Edit/Copy menu item.  The selected text is now copied to the clipboard.  You
+can paste the text in other programs.  In Vim itself too.

 If you have copied text to the clipboard in another application, you can paste
-it in Vim with the Edit/Paste menu.  This works in Normal mode and Insert
+it in Vim with the Edit/Paste menu item.  This works in Normal mode and Insert
 mode.  In Visual mode the selected text is replaced with the pasted text.

 The "Cut" menu item deletes the text before it's put on the clipboard.  The
@@ -385,7 +387,7 @@ To put text from the clipboard back into the text: >
 	"*p

 This only works on versions of Vim that include clipboard support.  More about
-the clipboard in section |09.3| and here: |clipboard|.
+the clipboard can be found in section |09.3| and here: |clipboard|.

 ==============================================================================
 *04.8*	Text objects
@@ -401,8 +403,8 @@ to do this: "daw".

 The "d" of "daw" is the delete operator.  "aw" is a text object.  Hint: "aw"
 stands for "A Word".  Thus "daw" is "Delete A Word".  To be precise, the white
-space after the word is also deleted (the white space before the word at the
-end of the line).
+space after the word is also deleted (or the white space before the word if at
+the end of the line).

 Using text objects is the third way to make changes in Vim.  We already had
 operator-motion and Visual mode.  Now we add operator-text object.
@@ -429,11 +431,11 @@ sentence "Another line.":
 	some text. ~

 "cis" consists of the "c" (change) operator and the "is" text object.  This
-stands for "Inner Sentence".  There is also the "as" (a sentence) object.  The
-difference is that "as" includes the white space after the sentence and "is"
-doesn't.  If you would delete a sentence, you want to delete the white space
-at the same time, thus use "das".  If you want to type new text the white
-space can remain, thus you use "cis".
+stands for "Inner Sentence".  There is also the "as" ("A Sentence") object.
+The difference is that "as" includes the white space after the sentence and
+"is" doesn't.  If you would delete a sentence, you want to delete the white
+space at the same time, thus use "das".  If you want to type new text the
+white space can remain, thus you use "cis".

 You can also use text objects in Visual mode.  It will include the text object
 in the Visual selection.  Visual mode continues, thus you can do this several
@@ -470,13 +472,13 @@ character.
 *04.10*	Conclusion

 The operators, movement commands and text objects give you the possibility to
-make lots of combinations.  Now that you know how it works, you can use N
+make lots of combinations.  Now that you know how they work, you can use N
 operators with M movement commands to make N * M commands!

-You can find a list of operators here: |operator|
+You can find a list of operators here: |operator|.

 For example, there are many other ways to delete pieces of text.  Here are a
-few often used ones:
+few common ones:

 x	delete character under the cursor (short for "dl")
 X	delete character before the cursor (short for "dh")
@@ -492,14 +494,14 @@ If you use "c" instead of "d" they become change commands.  And with "y" you
 yank the text.  And so forth.


-There are a few often used commands to make changes that didn't fit somewhere
+There are a few common commands to make changes that didn't fit somewhere
 else:

-	~	change case of the character under the cursor, and move the
+	~	Change case of the character under the cursor, and move the
 		cursor to the next character.  This is not an operator (unless
 		'tildeop' is set), thus you can't use it with a motion
-		command.  It does work in Visual mode and changes case for
-		all the selected text then.
+		command.  It does work in Visual mode, where it changes case
+		for all the selected text.

 	I	Start Insert mode after moving the cursor to the first
 		non-blank in the line.
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_10.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_10.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_10.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2006 Nov 05
+*usr_10.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -370,7 +370,8 @@ into "barfoo".
 was specified in this example.  This is different from ":substitute", which
 works on one line without a range.
   The command isn't perfect, since it also matches lines where "//" appears
-halfway a line, and the substitution will also take place before the "//".
+halfway through a line, and the substitution will also take place before the
+"//".

 Just like with ":substitute", any pattern can be used.  When you learn more
 complicated patterns later, you can use them here.
@@ -634,8 +635,8 @@ using it.  To check the current value of 'textwidth': >
 	:set textwidth

 Now lines will be broken to take only up to 72 characters.  But when you
-insert text halfway a line, or when you delete a few words, the lines will get
-too long or too short.  Vim doesn't automatically reformat the text.
+insert text halfway through a line, or when you delete a few words, the lines
+will get too long or too short.  Vim doesn't automatically reformat the text.
   To tell Vim to format the current paragraph: >

 	gqap
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_22.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_22.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Apr 27
+*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ higher.  Pressing "-" does the same thing, without the need to move to the
 You can press <F1> to get help on the things you can do in the netrw file
 browser.  This is what you get: >

-    9. Directory Browsing	 netrw-browse   netrw-dir   netrw-list   netrw-help 
+    9. Directory Browsing	 netrw-browse   netrw-dir   netrw-list   netrw-help

-    MAPS								 netrw-maps 
+    MAPS								 netrw-maps
     	 <F1>.............Help.......................................|netrw-help|
     	 <cr>.............Browsing...................................|netrw-cr|
     	 <del>............Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-delete|
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_25.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_25.txt
@@ -346,12 +346,13 @@ scroll:

 	g0		to first visible character in this line
 	g^		to first non-blank visible character in this line
-	gm		to middle of this line
+	gm		to middle of screen line
+	gM		to middle of the text in this line
 	g$		to last visible character in this line

-		|<--	 window    -->|
-	some long    text, part of which is visible ~
-		 g0  g^    gm	     g$
+		|<--	  window     -->|
+	some long    text, part of which is visible in one line ~
+		 g0  g^    gm	   gM g$


 BREAKING AT WORDS				*edit-no-break*
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_27.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_27.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_27.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Jan 26
+*usr_27.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 14

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -474,19 +474,19 @@ the line break happens, because all items mentioned so far don't match a line
 break.
   To check for a line break in a specific place, use the "\n" item: >

-	/the\nword
+	/one\ntwo

-This will match at a line that ends in "the" and the next line starts with
-"word".  To match "the word" as well, you need to match a space or a line
+This will match at a line that ends in "one" and the next line starts with
+"two".  To match "one two" as well, you need to match a space or a line
 break.  The item to use for it is "\_s": >

-	/the\_sword
+	/one\_stwo

 To allow any amount of white space: >

-	/the\_s\+word
+	/one\_s\+two

-This also matches when "the  " is at the end of a line and "   word" at the
+This also matches when "one  " is at the end of a line and "   two" at the
 start of the next one.

 "\s" matches white space, "\_s" matches white space or a line break.
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_41.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_41.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21

 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar

@@ -796,6 +796,7 @@ Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 	getftime()		get last modification time of a file
 	localtime()		get current time in seconds
 	strftime()		convert time to a string
+	strptime()		convert a date/time string to time
 	reltime()		get the current or elapsed time accurately
 	reltimestr()		convert reltime() result to a string
 	reltimefloat()		convert reltime() result to a Float
@@ -856,6 +857,7 @@ Insert mode completion:				*completion-functions*
 	complete_check()	check if completion should be aborted
 	complete_info()		get current completion information
 	pumvisible()		check if the popup menu is displayed
+	pum_getpos()		position and size of popup menu if visible

 Folding:					*folding-functions*
 	foldclosed()		check for a closed fold at a specific line
@@ -902,6 +904,7 @@ Interactive:					*interactive-functions*
 	confirm()		let the user make a choice
 	getchar()		get a character from the user
 	getcharmod()		get modifiers for the last typed character
+	getmousepos()		get last known mouse position
 	feedkeys()		put characters in the typeahead queue
 	input()			get a line from the user
 	inputlist()		let the user pick an entry from a list
@@ -1015,8 +1018,10 @@ Signs:						*sign-functions*
 	sign_getplaced()	get a list of placed signs
 	sign_jump()		jump to a sign
 	sign_place()		place a sign
+	sign_placelist()	place a list of signs
 	sign_undefine()		undefine a sign
 	sign_unplace()		unplace a sign
+	sign_unplacelist()	unplace a list of signs

 Terminal window:				*terminal-functions*
 	term_start()		open a terminal window and run a job
--- a/runtime/doc/usr_90.txt
+++ b/runtime/doc/usr_90.txt
@@ -480,9 +480,9 @@ probably contains your vimrc file and other runtime files that you created, so
 be careful.

 Else, if you installed Vim with the zip archives, the preferred way is to use
-the "uninstal" program (note the missing l at the end).  You can find it in
-the same directory as the "install" program, e.g., "c:\vim\vim61".  This
-should also work from the usual "install/remove software" page.
+the "uninstall" program.  You can find it in the same directory as the
+"install" program, e.g., "c:\vim\vim61".  This should also work from the usual
+"install/remove software" page.
   However, this only removes the registry entries for Vim.  You have to
 delete the files yourself.  Simply select the directory "vim\vim61" and delete
 it recursively.  There should be no files there that you changed, but you
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More